Escolar Documentos
Profissional Documentos
Cultura Documentos
se/CED/Book
Sheet: 1. of 252
B o Thidé
ELECTROMAGNETIC
FIELD THEORY
FT
A
R
Second Edition
D
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 2. of 252
FT
A
R
D
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 3. of 252
FT
A
R
D
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 4. of 252
FT
A
R
D
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 5. of 252
ELECTROMAGNETIC
FIELD THEORY
Second Edition
FT
Bo Thidé
Swedish Institute of Space Physics
Uppsala, Sweden
and
Department of Physics and Astronomy
Uppsala University, Sweden
A
R
D
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 6. of 252
Also available
FT
www.plasma.uu.se/CED
This book was typeset in LATEX 2" based on TEX 3.141592 and Web2C 7.5.6
A
Copyright ©1997–2009 by
Bo Thidé
Uppsala, Sweden
All rights reserved.
R
Electromagnetic Field Theory
ISBN 978-0-486-4773-2
D
The cover graphics illustrates the radiation pattern of a radio beam endowed with orbital angular momentum,
generated by an array of tri-axial antennas. This graphics illustration was prepared by J O H A N S J Ö H O L M and
K R I S T O F F E R P A L M E R as part of their undergraduate Diploma Thesis work in Engineering Physics at Uppsala
University 2006–2007.
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 7. of 252
FT
A
R
D
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 8. of 252
FT
A
R
D
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 9. of 252
CONTENTS
Contents ix
List of Figures xv
xix
1
2
2
3
6
A
1.2.1 Ampère’s law . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
1.2.2 The magnetostatic field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
1.3 Electrodynamics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
1.3.1 The indestructibility of electric charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
1.3.2 Maxwell’s displacement current . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
R
1.3.3 Electromotive force . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
1.3.4 Faraday’s law of induction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
1.3.5 The microscopic Maxwell equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
1.3.6 Dirac’s symmetrised Maxwell equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
1.3.7 Maxwell-Chern-Simons equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
D
1.4 Bibliography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
x CONTENTS
2.4 Bibliography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
FT
4 Fields from Arbitrary Charge and Current Distributions 45
4.1 The retarded magnetic field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
4.2 The retarded electric field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
4.3 The fields at large distances from the sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53
4.3.1 The far fields . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 55
4.4 Bibliography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 56
CONTENTS xi
FT
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
7.1.2 Lorentz space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
7.1.3 Minkowski space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 134
7.2 Covariant classical mechanics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
7.3 Covariant classical electrodynamics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
7.3.1 The four-potential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
7.3.2 The Liénard-Wiechert potentials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
7.3.3 The electromagnetic field tensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
7.4 Bibliography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
A
8 Electromagnetic Fields and Particles 147
8.1 Charged particles in an electromagnetic field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
8.1.1 Covariant equations of motion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
8.2 Covariant field theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 154
8.2.1 Lagrange-Hamilton formalism for fields and interactions . . . . . . . . . 154
R
8.3 Bibliography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 162
xii CONTENTS
F Formulæ 187
F .1 The electromagnetic field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
F .1.1 The microscopic Maxwell equations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 187
F .1.2 Fields and potentials . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
F .1.3 Force and energy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
F .2 Electromagnetic radiation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 188
F .2.1 Relationship between the field vectors in a plane wave . . . . . . . . . . 188
F .2.2 The far fields from an extended source distribution . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
F .2.3 The far fields from an electric dipole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
F .2.4 The far fields from a magnetic dipole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
F .2.5 The far fields from an electric quadrupole . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
FT
F .2.6 The fields from a point charge in arbitrary motion . . . . . . . . . . . . . 189
F .3 Special relativity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
F .3.1 Metric tensor for flat 4D space . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
F .3.2 Covariant and contravariant four-vectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
F .3.3 Lorentz transformation of a four-vector . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
F .3.4 Invariant line element . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
F .3.5 Four-velocity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
F .3.6 Four-momentum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
F .3.7 Four-current density . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
A
F .3.8 Four-potential . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
F .3.9 Field tensor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
F .4 Vector relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 191
F .4.1 Spherical polar coordinates . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 192
R
F .4.2 Vector and tensor formulæ . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 193
F .5 Bibliography . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 196
CONTENTS xiii
Index 221
FT
A
R
D
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 14. of 252
FT
A
R
D
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 15. of 252
LIST OF FIGURES
FT
Ampère interaction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
1.4 Moving loop in a varying B field . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
L
9.1 Vavilov-Cerenkov cone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 171
xv
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 16. of 252
FT
A
R
D
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 17. of 252
FT
the first edition that was published only on the Internet (www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book). The
reason for trying to improve the presentation and to add more material was mainly that this new
edition is now being made available in printed form by Dover Publications and is to be used in an
extended Classical Electrodynamics course at Uppsala University. Hopefully, this means that the
book will find new uses in Academia and elsewhere.
The changes include a slight reordering of the chapters. First, the book describes the properties
of electromagnetism when the charges and currents are located in otherwise free space. Only then
the we go on to show how fields and charges interact with matter. In the author’s opinion, this
approach is preferable as it avoids the formal logical inconsistency of discussing, very early in
the book, such things as the effect of conductors and dielectrics on the fields and charges (and
A
vice versa), before constitutive relations and physical models for the electromagnetic properties of
matter, including conductors and dielectrics, have been derived from first principles.
In addition to the Maxwell-Lorentz equations and Dirac’s symmetrised version of these equa-
tions (which assume the existence of magnetic monopoles), also the Maxwell-Chern-Simons
equations are introduced in Chapter 1. In Chapter 2, stronger emphasis is put on the axiomatic
R
foundation of electrodynamics as provided by the microscopic Maxwell-Lorentz equations. Chap-
ter 5 is new and deals with symmetries and conserved quantities in a more rigourous and profound
way than in the first edition. For instance, the presentation of the theory of electromagnetic angular
momentum and other observables (constants of motion) has been substantially expanded and put
on a more firm physical basis. Chapter 9 is a complete rewrite that combines material that was
D
scattered more or less all over the first edition. It also contains new material on wave propagation in
plasma and other media. When, in Chapter 9, the macroscopic Maxwell equations are introduced,
the inherent approximations in the derived field quantities are clearly pointed out. The collection
of formulæ in Appendix F has been augmented. In Appendix M, the treatment of dyadic products
and tensors has been expanded.
I want to express my warm gratitude to professor C E S A R E B A R B I E R I and his entire group,
particularly F A B R I Z I O T A M B U R I N I , at the Department of Astronomy, University of Padova,
for stimulating discussions and the generous hospitality bestowed upon me during several shorter
and longer visits in 2008 and 2009 that made it possible to prepare the current major revision of
xvii
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 18. of 252
FT
my fellow members of the C A P E L L A P E D A G O G I C A U P S A L I E N S I S .
Of the four known fundamental interactions in nature—gravitational, strong, weak, and electro-
FT
magnetic—the latter has a special standing in the physical sciences. Not only does it, together with
gravitation, permanently make itself known to all of us in our everyday lives. Electrodynamics is
also by far the most accurate physical theory known, tested on scales running from sub-nuclear to
galactic, and electromagnetic field theory is the prototype of all other field theories.
This book, E L E C T R O M A G N E T I C F I E L D T H E O R Y , which tries to give a modern view of
classical electrodynamics, is the result of a more than thirty-five year long love affair. In the autumn
of 1972, I took my first advanced course in electrodynamics at the Department of Theoretical
Physics, Uppsala University. Soon I joined the research group there and took on the task of helping
the late professor P E R O L O F F R Ö M A N , who was to become my Ph.D. thesis adviser, with the
preparation of a new version of his lecture notes on the Theory of Electricity. This opened my eyes
A
to the beauty and intricacy of electrodynamics and I simply became intrigued by it. The teaching
of a course in Classical Electrodynamics at Uppsala University, some twenty odd years after I
experienced the first encounter with the subject, provided the incentive and impetus to write this
book.
Intended primarily as a textbook for physics and engineering students at the advanced under-
R
graduate or beginning graduate level, it is hoped that the present book will be useful for research
workers too. It aims at providing a thorough treatment of the theory of electrodynamics, mainly
from a classical field-theoretical point of view. The first chapter is, by and large, a description of
how Classical Electrodynamics was established by J A M E S C L E R K M A X W E L L as a fundamental
theory of nature. It does so by introducing electrostatics and magnetostatics and demonstrating
D
how they can be unified into one theory, classical electrodynamics, summarised in Lorentz’s
microscopic formulation of the Maxwell equations. These equations are used as an axiomatic
foundation for the treatment in the remainder of the book, which includes modern formulation of
the theory; electromagnetic waves and their propagation; electromagnetic potentials and gauge
transformations; analysis of symmetries and conservation laws describing the electromagnetic
counterparts of the classical concepts of force, momentum and energy, plus other fundamental prop-
erties of the electromagnetic field; radiation phenomena; and covariant Lagrangian/Hamiltonian
field-theoretical methods for electromagnetic fields, particles and interactions. Emphasis has
been put on modern electrodynamics concepts while the mathematical tools used, some of them
xix
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 20. of 252
presented in an Appendix, are essentially the same kind of vector and tensor analysis methods that
are used in intermediate level textbooks on electromagnetics but perhaps a bit more advanced and
far-reaching.
The aim has been to write a book that can serve both as an advanced text in Classical
Electrodynamics and as a preparation for studies in Quantum Electrodynamics and Field Theory,
as well as more applied subjects such as Plasma Physics, Astrophysics, Condensed Matter Physics,
Optics, Antenna Engineering, and Wireless Communications.
The current version of the book is a major revision of an earlier version, which in turn was an
outgrowth of the lecture notes that the author prepared for the four-credit course Electrodynamics
that was introduced in the Uppsala University curriculum in 1992, to become the five-credit course
Classical Electrodynamics in 1997. To some extent, parts of those notes were based on lecture
notes prepared, in Swedish, by my friend and Theoretical Physics colleague B E N G T L U N D B O R G ,
FT
who created, developed and taught an earlier, two-credit course called Electromagnetic Radiation
at our faculty. Thanks are due not only to Bengt Lundborg for providing the inspiration to write
this book, but also to professor C H R I S T E R W A H L B E R G , and professor G Ö R A N F Ä L D T , both
at the Department of Physics and Astronomy, Uppsala University, for insightful suggestions, to
professor J O H N L E A R N E D , Department of Physics and Astronomy, University of Hawaii, for
decisive encouragement at the early stage of this book project, and to professor G E R A R D U S
T ’ H O O F T , for recommending this book on his web page ‘How to become a good theoretical
physicist’.
I am particularly indebted to the late professor V I T A L I Y L A Z A R E V I C H G I N Z B U R G , for his
many fascinating and very elucidating lectures, comments and historical notes on plasma physics,
A
electromagnetic radiation and cosmic electrodynamics while cruising up and down the Volga
and Oka rivers in Russia at the ship-borne Russian-Swedish summer schools that were organised
jointly by late professor L E V M I K A H I L O V I C H E R U K H I M O V and the author during the 1990’s,
and for numerous deep discussions over the years.
Helpful comments and suggestions for improvement from former PhD students T O B I A C A -
R
R O Z Z I , R O G E R K A R L S S O N , and M A T T I A S W A L D E N V I K , as well as A N D E R S E R I K S S O N
and S I A V O U S H M O H A M M A D I , all at the Swedish Institute of Space Physics in Uppsala and who
have all taught Uppsala students on the material covered in this book, are gratefully acknowledged.
Thanks are also due to the late H E L M U T K O P K A , for more than twenty-five years a close friend
and space physics colleague working at the Max-Planck-Institut für Aeronomie, Lindau, Germany,
D
who not only taught me the practical aspects of the use of high-power electromagnetic radiation
for studying space, but also some of the delicate aspects of typesetting in TEX and LATEX.
In an attempt to encourage the involvement of other scientists and students in the making of this
book, thereby trying to ensure its quality and scope to make it useful in higher university education
anywhere in the world, it was produced as a World-Wide Web (WWW) project. This turned out to
be a rather successful move. By making an electronic version of the book freely downloadable
on the Internet, comments have been received from fellow physicists around the world. To judge
from WWW ‘hit’ statistics, it seems that the book serves as a frequently used Internet resource.
This way it is hoped that it will be particularly useful for students and researchers working under
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 21. of 252
financial or other circumstances that make it difficult to procure a printed copy of the book. I
would like to thank all students and Internet users who have downloaded and commented on the
book during its life on the World-Wide Web.
FT
A
R
D
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 22. of 252
FT
A
R
D
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 23. of 252
1
FOUNDATIONS OF CLASSICAL
ELECTRODYNAMICS
FT
The classical theory of electromagnetism deals with electric and magnetic fields
and interactions caused by distributions of electric charges and currents. This
presupposes that the concepts of localised electric charges and currents assume
the validity of certain mathematical limiting processes in which it is considered
possible for the charge and current distributions to be localised in infinitesimally
A
small volumes of space. Clearly, this is in contradistinction to electromagnetism
on an atomistic scale, where charges and currents have to be described in quantum
formalism. However, the limiting processes used in the classical domain, which,
crudely speaking, assume that an elementary charge has a continuous distribution
of charge density, will yield results that agree with experiments on non-atomistic
R
scales, small or large.
It took the genius of J A M E S C L E R K M A X W E L L to consistently unify the
two distinct theories electricity and magnetism into a single super-theory, elec-
tromagnetism or classical electrodynamics (CED), and to realise that optics is a
sub-field of this super-theory. Early in the 20th century, H E N D R I K A N T O O N
D
such as S H E L D O N G L A S H O W , A B D U S S A L A M , and S T E V E N W E I N B E R G
were able to unify electrodynamics with the weak interaction theory, creating
yet another super-theory, electroweak theory, an achievement which rendered
them the Nobel Prize in Physics 1979. The modern theory of strong interactions,
quantum chromodynamics (QCD ), is heavily influenced by QED.
In this introductory chapter we start with the force interactions in classical
electrostatics and classical magnetostatics and introduce the static electric and
magnetic fields to find two uncoupled systems of equations for them. Then we
see how the conservation of electric charge and its relation to electric current
leads to the dynamic connection between electricity and magnetism and how the
two can be unified into classical electrodynamics. This theory is described by a
system of coupled dynamic field equations—the microscopic Maxwell equations
FT
introduced by Lorentz—which we take as the axiomatic foundation for the theory
of electromagnetic fields.
At the end of this chapter we present Dirac’s symmetrised form of the Maxwell
equations by introducing (hypothetical) magnetic charges and magnetic currents
into the theory. While not identified unambiguously in experiments yet, magnetic
charges and currents make the theory much more appealing, for instance by
allowing for duality transformations in a most natural way. Besides, in practical
work, such as in antenna engineering, magnetic currents have proved to be a very
useful concept. We shall make use of these symmetrised equations throughout
the book. At the very end of this chapter, we present the Maxwell-Chern-Simons
A
equations that are of considerable interest in modern physics.
1.1 Electrostatics
R
The theory which describes physical phenomena related to the interaction between
1The physicist and philosopher stationary electric charges or charge distributions in a finite space with stationary
P I E R R E D U H E M (1861–1916) boundaries is called electrostatics. For a long time, electrostatics, under the
once wrote:
name electricity, was considered an independent physical theory of its own,
‘The whole theory of
D
electrostatics constitutes alongside other physical theories such as Magnetism, Mechanics, Optics, and
a group of abstract ideas Thermodynamics.1
and general propositions,
formulated in the clear
and concise language of
geometry and algebra, and 1.1.1 Coulomb’s law
connected with one another
by the rules of strict logic.
This whole fully satisfies It has been found experimentally that in classical electrostatics the interaction
the reason of a French between stationary, electrically charged bodies can be described in terms of
physicist and his taste
for clarity, simplicity and
two-body mechanical forces. In the simple case depicted in Figure 1.1 on the
order. . . .’ facing page, the force F acting on the electrically charged particle with charge q
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 25. of 252
1.1. Electrostatics j3
x0
FT
empty space, is given by Coulomb’s law.2 This law postulates that F is directed 2 CHARLES-AUGUSTIN DE
C O U L O M B (1736–1806) was
along the line connecting the two charges, repulsive for charges of equal signs a French physicist who in 1775
and attractive for charges of opposite signs, and therefore can be formulated published three reports on the
mathematically as forces between electrically charged
bodies.
qq 0 x x0 qq 0 qq 0 0
1 1
F .x/ D D r D r
4"0 jx x0 j3 4"0 jx x0 j 4"0 jx x0 j
(1.1)
A
where, in the last step, formula (F.115) on page 195 was used. In SI units,
which we shall use throughout, the force F is measured in Newton (N), the
electric charges q and q 0 in Coulomb (C) or Ampere-seconds (A s), and the length
jx x0 j in metres (m). The constant "0 D 107 =.4c 2 / 8:8542 10 12 Farad
per metre (F m 1 ) is the vacuum permittivity and c 2:9979 108 m s 1 is the
R
speed of light in vacuum.3 In CGS units, "0 D 1=.4/ and the force is measured 3 The notation c for speed comes
from the Latin word ‘celeritas’
in dyne, electric charge in statcoulomb, and length in centimetres (cm). which means ‘swiftness’. This nota-
tion seems to have been introduced
by W I L H E L M E D U A R D W E -
1.1.2 The electrostatic field B E R (1804–1891), and R U D O L F
K O H L R A U S C H (1809–1858) and
D
def F
Estat lim (1.2)
q!0 q
where F is the electrostatic force, as defined in equation (1.1), from a net electric
charge q 0 on the test particle with a small electric net electric charge q. Since
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 26. of 252
the purpose of the limiting process is to assure that the test charge q does not
distort the field set up by q 0 , the expression for Estat does not depend explicitly
on q but only on the charge q 0 and the relative radius vector x x0 . This means
that we can say that any net electric charge produces an electric field in the space
that surrounds it, regardless of the existence of a second charge anywhere in
4 In the preface to the first edition this space.4 However, in order to experimentally detect a charge, a second (test)
of the first volume of his book
A Treatise on Electricity and
charge that senses the presence of the first one, must be introduced.
Magnetism, first published in 1873, Using (1.1) and equation (1.2) on the previous page, and formula (F.114) on
James Clerk Maxwell describes page 195, we find that the electrostatic field Estat at the observation point x (also
this in the following almost poetic
manner: known as the field point), due to a field-producing electric charge q 0 at the source
‘For instance, Faraday, in point x0 , is given by
his mind’s eye, saw lines of
q 0 x x0 q0 q0
force traversing all space 1 0 1
Estat .x/ D D r D r
FT
where the mathematicians 4"0 jx x0 j3 4"0 jx x0 j 4"0 jx x0 j
saw centres of force
attracting at a distance: (1.3)
Faraday saw a medium
where they saw nothing but In the presence of several field producing discrete electric charges qi0 , located
distance: Faraday sought at the points x0i , i D 1; 2; 3; : : : , respectively, in an otherwise empty space, the
the seat of the phenomena
in real actions going on assumption of linearity of vacuum5 allows us to superimpose their individual
in the medium, they were electrostatic fields into a total electrostatic field
satisfied that they had found
1 X 0 x x0i
it in a power of action at a Estat .x/ D qi ˇ (1.4)
4"0 ˇx x0 ˇ3
ˇ
distance impressed on the
i i
electric fluids.’
5 In fact, vacuum exhibits a If the discrete electric charges are small and numerous enough, we can, in a
A
quantum mechanical non-linearity continuum limit, assume that the total charge q 0 from an extended volume to be
due to vacuum polarisation
effects manifesting themselves built up by local infinitesimal elemental charges dq 0 , each producing an elemental
in the momentary creation and electric field
annihilation of electron-positron
pairs, but classically this non- dq 0 x x0
dEstat .x/ D (1.5)
linearity is negligible. 4"0 jx x0 j3
R
By introducing the electric charge density , measured in C m 3 in SI units, at
the point x0 within the volume element d3x 0 D dx10 dx20 dx30 (measured in m3 ),
the elemental charge can be expressed as dq 0 D d3x 0 .x0 /, and the elemental
electrostatic field as
d3x 0 .x0 / x x0
D
1.1. Electrostatics j5
qi0
x0i
V0
FT
where we used formula (F.114) on page 195 and the fact that .x0 / does not
depend on the unprimed (field point) coordinates on which r operates.
We emphasise that under the assumption of linear superposition, equation
(1.7) on the facing page is valid for an arbitrary distribution of electric charges,
including discrete charges, in which case is expressed in terms of Dirac delta
distributions:6 6 Since, by definition, the integral
Z
d3x 0 ı.x0 x0i /
X
.x0 / D qi0 ı.x0 x0i / (1.8) V0
Z
i
d3x 0 ı.x 0 xi0 /
A
V0
as illustrated in Figure 1.2. Inserting this expression into expression (1.7) on the ı.y 0 yi0 /ı.z 0 zi0 / D 1
facing page we recover expression (1.4) on the preceding page. is dimensionless, and x has the
According to Helmholtz’s theorem a sufficiently well-behaved vector field dimension m, the 3D Dirac delta
distribution ı.x0 x0i / must have
is completely determined by its divergence and curl. Let us therefore take the dimension m 3 .
the divergence of the general Estat expression for an arbitrary electric charge
R
distribution, equation (1.7) on the facing page, and using the representation of
the Dirac delta distribution given by formula (F.117) on page 195, one finds that
1 x x0
Z
r E stat
.x/ D r d3x 0 .x0 /
4"0 V 0 jx x0 j3
D
1 1
Z
D d3x 0 .x0 /r r
4"0 V 0 jx x0 j
(1.9)
1 1
Z
D d3x 0 .x0 / r 2
4"0 V 0 jx x0 j
1 .x/
Z
D d3x 0 .x0 / ı.x x0 / D
"0 V 0 "0
1.2 Magnetostatics
FT
While electrostatics deals with static electric charges, magnetostatics deals with
stationary electric currents, i.e., electric charges moving with constant speeds,
and the interaction between these currents. Here we shall discuss this theory in
some detail.
A
1.2.1 Ampère’s law
Experiments on the interaction between two small loops of electric current have
shown that they interact via a mechanical force, much the same way that electric
charges interact. In Figure 1.3 on the next page, let F denote such a force acting
R
on a small loop C , with tangential line element dl, located at x and carrying
a current I in the direction of dl, due to the presence of a small loop C 0 , with
tangential line element dl0 , located at x0 and carrying a current I 0 in the direction
of dl0 in otherwise empty space. According to Ampère’s law this force is given
7 ANDRÉ-MARIE AMPÈRE by the expression7
(1775–1836) was a French mathe-
D
0 II 0 x x0
I I
matician and physicist who, only
a few days after he learned about F.x/ D dl dl0
the findings by the Danish physicist
4 C C0 jx x0 j3
(1.12)
0 II 0
1
I I
and chemist H A N S C H R I S T I A N 0
Ø R S T E D regarding the magnetic D dl dl r
effects of electric currents, pre- 4 C C0 jx x0 j
sented a paper to the Académie des
Sciences in Paris, describing the In SI units, 0 D 4 10 7 1:256610 6 H m 1 is the vacuum permeability.
law that now bears his name. From the definition of "0 and 0 (in SI units) we observe that
107 1 7 1 1 2 2
"0 0 D (F m ) 4 10 (H m ) D (s m ) (1.13)
4c 2 c2
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 29. of 252
1.2. Magnetostatics j7
FT
which is a most useful relation.
At first glance, equation (1.12) on the facing page may appear unsymmetric in
terms of the loops and therefore be a force law that does not obey Newton’s third
law. However, by applying the vector triple product ‘bac-cab’ formula (F.72) on
page 193, we can rewrite (1.12) as
0 II 0
1
I I
0
F .x/ D dl dl r
4 C0 C jx x0 j
0 I I 0 (1.14)
0 II x x 0
dl dl
x0 j 3
A
4 C C 0 jx
Since the integrand in the first integral is an exact differential, this integral
vanishes and we can rewrite the force expression, formula (1.12) on the facing
page, in the following symmetric way
0 II 0 x x0
I I
F .x/ D dl dl0
R
(1.15)
4 C C 0 jx x0 j 3
which clearly exhibits the expected interchange symmetry between loops C and
C 0.
In analogy with the electrostatic case, we may attribute the magnetostatic in-
teraction to a static vectorial magnetic field Bstat . The elemental Bstat from the
elemental current element dI 0 D I 0 dl0 is defined as
def 0 0 x x0 0 I 0 0 x x0
dBstat .x/ dI D dl (1.16)
4 jx x0 j3 4 jx x0 j3
which expresses the small element dBstat .x/ of the static magnetic field set up at
the field point x by a small line current element dI 0 D I 0 dl0 of stationary current
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 30. of 252
I 0 directed along the line element dl0 at the source point x0 . The SI unit for the
magnetic field, sometimes called the magnetic flux density or magnetic induction,
is Tesla (T).
If we generalise expression (1.16) on the previous page to an integrated steady
state electric current density j.x/, measured in A m 2 in SI units, we can write
I 0 dl D dI 0 D d3x 0 j 0 .x0 /, and we obtain Biot-Savart’s law
0 x x0
Z
Bstat .x/ D d3x 0 j.x0 /
4 V 0 jx x0 j3
0 1
Z
3 0 0 (1.17)
D d x j.x / r
4 V 0 jx x0 j
0 j.x0 /
Z
D r d3x 0
4 V0 jx x0 j
FT
where we used formula (F.114) on page 195, formula (F.94) on page 194, and
the fact that j.x0 / does not depend on the unprimed coordinates on which r
operates. Comparing equation (1.7) on page 4 with equation (1.17) above, we
see that there exists a close analogy between the expressions for Estat and Bstat
but that they differ in their vectorial characteristics. With this definition of Bstat ,
equation (1.12) on page 6 may we written
I
F.x/ D I dl Bstat .x/ (1.18)
C
A
In order to assess the properties of Bstat , we determine its divergence and curl.
Taking the divergence of both sides of equation (1.17) above and utilising formula
(F.102) on page 195, we obtain
j.x0 /
0
Z
r Bstat .x/ D r r d3x 0 D0 (1.19)
R
4 V0 jx x0 j
since, according to formula (F.102) on page 195, r .r a/ vanishes for any
vector field a.x/.
Applying the operator ‘bac-cab’ rule, formula (F.99) on page 194, the curl of
equation (1.17) above can be written
D
0
0 3 0 j.x /
Z
stat
r B .x/ D r r dx
4 0 jx x0 j
V
0 1
Z
D d3x 0 j.x0 / r 2 (1.20)
4 V 0 jx x0 j
0 1
Z
C d3x 0 Œj.x0 / r 0 r 0
4 V 0 jx x0 j
In the first of the two integrals on the right-hand side, we use the representation
of the Dirac delta function given in formula (F.117) on page 195, and integrate
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 31. of 252
1.3. Electrodynamics j9
the second integral by parts, by utilising formula (F.91) on page 194 as follows:
1
Z
3 0 0 0 0
d x Œj.x / r r
V0 jx x0 j
@ 1
Z
3 0 0 0
Dx Ok d x r j.x /
V0 @xk0 jx x0 j
1
Z
d3x 0 r 0 j.x0 / r 0
(1.21)
V0 jx x0 j
@ 1
Z
Dx Ok d2x 0 nO 0 j.x0 / 0
S0 @xk jx x0 j
1
Z
3 0
0 0
0
d x r j.x / r
V0 jx x0 j
FT
We note that the first integral in the result, obtained by applying Gauss’s theorem,
vanishes when integrated over a large sphere far away from the localised source
j.x0 /, and that the second integral vanishes because r j D 0 for stationary
currents (no charge accumulation in space). The net result is simply
Z
stat
r B .x/ D 0 d3x 0 j.x0 /ı.x x0 / D 0 j.x/ (1.22)
V0
1.3 Electrodynamics
A
As we saw in the previous sections, the laws of electrostatics and magnetostatics
can be summarised in two pairs of time-independent, uncoupled vector partial
differential equations, namely the equations of classical electrostatics
R
.x/
r Estat .x/ D (1.23a)
"0
stat
r E .x/ D 0 (1.23b)
Since there is nothing a priori which connects Estat directly with Bstat , we must
consider classical electrostatics and classical magnetostatics as two independent
theories.
However, when we include time-dependence, these theories are unified into a
single super-theory, classical electrodynamics. This unification of the theories of
electricity and magnetism can be inferred from two empirically established facts:
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 32. of 252
FT
case it can be defined as j D v where v is the velocity of the electric charge
8 A more accurate model is to density .8
assume that the individual charge
elements obey some distribution
The electric charge conservation law can be formulated in the equation of
function that describes their local continuity for electric charge
variation of velocity in space and
time.
@.t; x/
C r j.t; x/ D 0 (1.25)
@t
which states that the time rate of change of electric charge .t; x/ is balanced by
a divergence in the electric current density j.t; x/.
A
1.3.2 Maxwell’s displacement current
We recall from the derivation of equation (1.22) on the preceding page that there
R
we used the fact that in magnetostatics r j.x/ D 0. In the case of non-stationary
sources and fields, we must, in accordance with the continuity equation (1.25)
above, set r j.t; x/ D @.t; x/=@t. Doing so, and formally repeating the
steps in the derivation of equation (1.22) on the preceding page, we would obtain
the formal result
D
Z
r B.t; x/ D 0 d3x 0 j.t; x0 /ı.x x0 /
V0
0 @ 1
Z
C d3x 0 .t; x0 /r 0 (1.26)
4 @t V 0 jx x0 j
@
D 0 j.t; x/ C 0 "0 E.t; x/
@t
where, in the last step, we have assumed that a generalisation of equation (1.7)
9 Later, we will need to consider on page 4 to time-varying fields allows us to make the identification9
this generalisation and formal
identification further.
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 33. of 252
1.3. Electrodynamics j 11
1 @ 1
Z
3 0 0 0
d x .t; x /r
4"0 @t V0 jx x0 j
@ 1 1
Z
D d3x 0 .t; x0 /r (1.27)
@t 4"0 V 0 jx x0 j
0
@ 1 .t; x / @
Z
D r d3x 0 0
D E.t; x/
@t 4"0 V0 jx x j @t
The result is Maxwell’s source equation for the B field
@ @
r B.t; x/ D 0 j.t; x/ C "0 E.t; x/ D 0 j.t; x/ C 0 "0 E.t; x/
@t @t
(1.28)
where "0 @E.t; x/=@t is the famous displacement current. This, at the time,
FT
unobserved term was introduced, in a stroke of genius, by Maxwell in order
to make the right hand side of this equation divergence free when j.t; x/ is
assumed to represent the density of the total electric current, which can be split
up in ‘ordinary’ conduction currents, polarisation currents and magnetisation
currents. The displacement current behaves like a current density flowing in free
space. As we shall see later, its existence has far-reaching physical consequences
as it predicts that such physical observables as electromagnetic energy, linear
momentum, and angular momentum can be transmitted over very long distances,
even through empty space.
A
1.3.3 Electromotive force
If an electric field E.t; x/ is applied to a conducting medium, a current density
j.t; x/ will be produced in this medium. But also mechanical, hydrodynami-
R
cal and chemical processes can create electric currents. Under certain physical
conditions, and for certain materials, one can sometimes assume that a linear rela-
tionship exists between the electric current density j and E. This approximation
is called Ohm’s law:10 10 In semiconductors this approxi-
mation is in general not applicable
at all.
j.t; x/ D E.t; x/ (1.29)
D
(temporal dispersive media) but then it is often the case that equation (1.29) on
the previous page is valid for each individual Fourier (spectral) component of the
field.
If the current is caused by an applied electric field E.t; x/, this electric field
will exert work on the charges in the medium and, unless the medium is super-
conducting, there will be some energy loss. The time rate at which this energy is
expended is j E per unit volume (W m 3 ). If E is irrotational (conservative), j
will decay away with time. Stationary currents therefore require that an electric
field due to an electromotive force (EMF ) is present. In the presence of such a
field EEMF , Ohm’s law, equation (1.29) on the preceding page, takes the form
j D .Estat C EEMF / (1.30)
The electromotive force is defined as
FT
I
E D dl .Estat C EEMF / (1.31)
C
11 The term ‘electromagnetic force’ where dl is a tangential line element of the closed loop C .11
is something of a misnomer since
E represents a voltage, i.e., its SI
In Subsection 1.1.2 we derived the differential equations for the electrostatic field.
Specifically, on page 6 we derived equation (1.10) stating that r Estat D 0 and
thus that Estat is a conservative field (it can be expressed as a gradient of a scalar
A
field). This implies that the closed line integral of Estat in equation (1.31) vanishes
and that this equation becomes
I
E D dl EEMF (1.32)
C
R
It has been established experimentally that a non-conservative EMF field is
produced in a closed circuit C at rest if the magnetic flux through this circuit
varies with time. This is formulated in Faraday’s law which, in Maxwell’s
generalised form, reads
I
d
E.t / D dl E.t; x/ D ˆm .t/
D
C dt
(1.33)
@
Z Z
d
D d2x nO B.t; x/ D d2x nO B.t; x/
dt S S @t
where ˆm is the magnetic flux and S is the surface encircled by C which can
be interpreted as a generic stationary ‘loop’ and not necessarily as a conducting
circuit. Application of Stokes’ theorem on this integral equation, transforms it
into the differential equation
@
r E.t; x/ D B.t; x/ (1.34)
@t
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 35. of 252
1.3. Electrodynamics j 13
C
dl
d
D
@
C
dx
r
FT
which is valid for arbitrary variations in the fields and constitutes the Maxwell
equation which explicitly connects electricity with magnetism.
Any change of the magnetic flux ˆm will induce an EMF. Let us therefore
consider the case, illustrated in Figure 1.4, when the ‘loop’ is moved in such a
way that it links a magnetic field which varies during the movement. The total
time derivative is evaluated according to the well-known operator formula
(1.35)
A
dt @t dt
which follows immediately from the multivariate chain rule for the differentiation
of an arbitrary differentiable function f .t; x.t//. Here, dx=dt describes a chosen
path in space. We shall chose the flow path which means that dx=dt D v and
R
d @
D Cv r (1.36)
dt @t
where, in a continuum picture, v is the fluid velocity. For this particular choice,
the convective derivative dx=dt is usually referred to as the material derivative
and is denoted Dx=Dt .
D
Applying the rule (1.36) to Faraday’s law, equation (1.33) on the facing page,
we obtain
@B
Z Z Z
d 2 2
E.t/ D d x nO B D d x nO d2x nO .v r /B (1.37)
dt S S @t S
where in the last step formula (F.102) on page 195 was used. Since this is true
8t, we conclude that
r B.t; x/ D 0 (1.39)
also for time-varying fields; this is in fact one of the Maxwell equations. Using
this result and formula (F.95) on page 194, we find that
r .B v / D .v r /B (1.40)
FT
@B
Z Z
2 2
D d x nO d x nO r .B v /
S @t S
and a observer in the moving frame of reference measures the following Lorentz
force on a charge q
D
EEMF D E C v B (1.47)
1.3. Electrodynamics j 15
r E D 4
r ED (1.49a) 1 @B
"0 r ED
c @t
@B r B D0
r ED (1.49b)
@t 4 1 @E
r B D jC
r B D0 (1.49c) c c @t
@E 1 @E in Heaviside-Lorentz units (one of
FT
r B D 0 j C "0 0 D 0 j C 2 (1.49d) several natural units)
@t c @t
r ED
1 @B
In these equations D .t; x/ represents the total, possibly both time and space r ED
c @t
dependent, electric charge, with contributions from free as well as induced (polari- r B D0
sation) charges. Likewise, j D j.t; x/ represents the total, possibly both time and r B D
1
jC
1 @E
space dependent, electric current, with contributions from conduction currents c c @t
and in Planck units (another set of
(motion of free charges) as well as all atomistic (polarisation and magnetisation) natural units)
currents. As they stand, the equations therefore incorporate the classical interac-
r E D 4
tion between all electric charges and currents, free or bound, in the system and are
A
@B
called Maxwell’s microscopic equations. They were first formulated by Lorentz r ED
@t
and therefore another name often used for them is the Maxwell-Lorentz equations. r B D0
Together with the appropriate constitutive relations, which relate and j to the @E
r B D 4j C
@t
fields, and the initial and boundary conditions pertinent to the physical situation
at hand, they form a system of well-posed partial differential equations which
R
completely determine E and B.
e
r ED (1.50a)
"0
@B
r ED 0 j m (1.50b)
@t
r B D 0 m (1.50c)
@E
r B D 0 j e C "0 0 (1.50d)
@t
We shall call these equations Dirac’s symmetrised Maxwell equations or the
electromagnetodynamic equations.
Taking the divergence of (1.50b), we find that
FT
@
r .r E/ D .r B/ 0 r j m 0 (1.51)
@t
where we used the fact that, according to formula (F.102) on page 195, the
divergence of a curl always vanishes. Using (1.50c) to rewrite this relation, we
obtain the equation of continuity for magnetic charge
@m
C r jm D 0 (1.52)
@t
which has the same form as that for the electric charges (electric monopoles) and
A
currents, equation (1.25) on page 10.
.t; x/
r ED CaB (1.53a)
D
"0
@B
r ED (1.53b)
@t
r B D0 (1.53c)
@E
r B D 0 j.t; x/ C "0 0 ˛B aE (1.53d)
@t
The MCS equations have been studied in Carroll-Field-Jackiw electrodynamics
and are used, e.g., in the theory of axions.
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 39. of 252
1.4. Bibliography j 17
1.4 Bibliography
[1] T. W. BARRETT AND D. M. G RIMES, Advanced Electromagnetism. Foundations,
Theory and Applications, World Scientific Publishing Co., Singapore, 1995, ISBN 981-
02-2095-2.
[4] E. H ALLÉN, Electromagnetic Theory, Chapman & Hall, Ltd., London, 1962.
[5] K. H UANG, Fundamental Forces of Nature. The Story of Gauge Fields, World Sci-
entific Publishing Co. Pte. Ltd, New Jersey, London, Singapore, Beijing, Shanghai,
FT
Hong Kong, Taipei, and Chennai, 2007, ISBN 13-978-981-250-654-4 (pbk).
[6] J. D. JACKSON, Classical Electrodynamics, third ed., John Wiley & Sons, Inc.,
New York, NY . . . , 1999, ISBN 0-471-30932-X.
[7] L. D. L ANDAU AND E. M. L IFSHITZ, The Classical Theory of Fields, fourth revised
English ed., vol. 2 of Course of Theoretical Physics, Pergamon Press, Ltd., Oxford . . . ,
1975, ISBN 0-08-025072-6.
[8] F. E. L OW, Classical Field Theory, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, NY . . . ,
1997, ISBN 0-471-59551-9.
A
[9] J. C. M AXWELL, A Treatise on Electricity and Magnetism, third ed., vol. 1, Dover
Publications, Inc., New York, NY, 1954, ISBN 0-486-60636-8.
[10] J. C. M AXWELL, A Treatise on Electricity and Magnetism, third ed., vol. 2, Dover
Publications, Inc., New York, NY, 1954, ISBN 0-486-60637-8.
[13] F. ROHRLICH, Classical Charged Particles, third ed., World Scientific Publishing Co.
D
[15] J. VANDERLINDE, Classical Electromagnetic Theory, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New
York, Chichester, Brisbane, Toronto, and Singapore, 1993, ISBN 0-471-57269-1.
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 40. of 252
FT
A
R
D
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 41. of 252
2
ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS AND
WAVES
FT
As a first step in the study of the dynamical properties of the classical electro-
magnetic field, we shall in this chapter, as alternatives to the first-order Maxwell-
Lorentz equations, derive a set of second-order differential equations for the fields
E and B. It turns out that these second-order equations are wave equations for E
A
and B, indicating that electromagnetic wave modes are very natural and common
manifestations of classical electrodynamics.
But before deriving these alternatives to the Maxwell-Lorentz equations, we
shall discuss the mathematical techniques of how to make use of complex vari-
ables to represent real-valued physical observables in order to simplify the math-
R
ematical work involved. We will also describe how to make use of the single
spectral component (Fourier component) technique, to enable light-weight alge-
bra, at the same time clarifying the physical content.
D
FT
included (but macroscopic in the sense that quantisation effects are neglected).
These charge and current densities may have prescribed arbitrary time and space
dependencies and be considered the sources of the fields, but they may also be
generated by the fields. Despite these dual rôles, we shall refer to them as the
source terms in the microscopic Maxwell equations and the two equations where
they appear as the Maxwell-Lorentz source equations.
I.e., in order that a complex variable is represented mathematically by the complex-valued number 2 C, then in
in quantum physics is to correctly
represent a physical observable, classical electrodynamics (in fact, in classical physics as a whole), one makes
˚
one must make it real-valued by the identification observable D Re mathematical . I.e., it is always understood that
taking its magnitude. Recall that
Re f g D 12. C /, i.e., the one should take the real part of a complex mathematical variable in order for it to
arithmetic mean of and its correctly represent a classical physical observable.2
complex conjugate , whereas
j jD. /1=2 , i.e., the geo- For mathematical convenience and ease of calculation, we shall in the follow-
metric mean of and . Under ing regularly use—and tacitly assume—complex notation, stating explicitly when
certain conditions, also the imagi-
nary part corresponds to a physical we do not. One convenient property of the complex notation is that differentia-
observable. tions often become trivial to perform. However, care must always be exercised.
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 43. of 252
A typical situation being when products of two or more quantities are calculated
since, for instance, for two complex-valued variables 1 and 2 we know that
Re f 1 2 g ¤ Re f 1 g Re f 2 g. On the other hand, . 1 2 / D 1 2 .
FT
the scalar product operator (), the vector product operator (), the dyadic product
operator (juxtaposition), or the outer tensor operator (˝). Then we make the
interpretation
i!t i!t
˚ ˚
a.t; x/ ı b.t; x/ D Re fag ı Re fbg D Re a0 .x/ e ı Re b0 .x/ e
(2.2)
Letting denote complex conjugation, we can express the real part of the complex
vector a as
A
1
i!t i!t
C a0 .x/ e i!t
˚
Re fag D Re a0 .x/ e D Œa0 .x/ e (2.3)
2
and similarly for b. Hence, the physically acceptable interpretation of the scalar
product of two complex vectors, representing classical physical observables, is
R
a.t; x/ ı b.t; x/ D Re a0 .x/ e i!t ı Re b0 .x/ e i!t
˚ ˚
1 1
D Œa0 .x/ e i!t C a0 .x/ e i!t ı Œb0 .x/ e i!t C b0 .x/ e i!t
2 2
1
D a0 ı b0 C a0 ı b0 C a0 ı b0 e 2i!t C a0 ı b0 e 2i!t
4
D
1 1 ˚
D Re fa0 ı b0 g C Re a0 ı b0 e 2i!t
2 2
1 ˚ 1 ˚
D Re a0 e i!t ı b0 e i!t C Re a0 e i!t ı b0 e i!t
2 2
1 1
D Re fa.t; x/ ı b .t; x/g C Re fa.t; x/ ı b.t; x/g
2 2
(2.4)
FT
as the Riemann-Silberstein vector
Since ‘length’ is an scalar quantity which is invariant under rotations, we find that
E2 c 2 B 2 D Const (2.9a)
E B D Const (2.9b)
2. The inner (scalar) product defined as G scalar multiplied with the complex conjugate of
itself
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 45. of 252
which is also an invariant scalar quantity. As we shall see in Chapter 5, this quantity is
proportional to the electromagnetic field energy density.
3. As with any vector, the cross product of G with itself vanishes:
G G D .E C icB/ .E C icB/
DEE c 2 B B C ic.E B/ C ic.B E/ (2.11)
D 0 C 0 C ic.E B/ ic.E B/ D 0
4. The cross product of G with the complex conjugate of itself does not vanish:
G G D .E C icB/ .E icB/
2 (2.12)
DEECc BB ic.E B/ C ic.B E/
FT
D0C0 ic.E B/ ic.E B/ D 2ic.E B/
differential equations are, as we shall see, wave equations, and we shall discuss
the implications of them. For certain media, the B wave field can be easily
obtained from the solution of the E wave equation but in general this is not the
case.
To bring the first-order differential equations (2.1) on page 20 into second order
one needs, of course, to operate on them with first-order differential operators.
If we apply the curl vector operator (r ) to both sides of the two Maxwell
vector equations, equation (2.1b) and equation (2.1d), assuming that our physical
quantities vary in such a regular way that temporal and spatial differentiation
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 46. of 252
@j @2 E
r .r E/ D 0 "0 0 (2.14a)
@t @t 2
@2 B
r .r B/ D 0 r j "0 0 2 (2.14b)
FT
@t
Using to the operator triple product ‘bac-cab’ rule equation (F.99) on page 194,
which gives
r .r E/ D r .r E/ r 2E (2.15)
when applied to E and similarly to B, Gauss’s law equation (2.1a) on page 20,
and then rearranging the terms, recalling that "0 0 D 1=c 2 where c is the speed
of light in vacuum, we obtain the two inhomogeneous vector wave equations
1 @2 E r @j
A
2 E D r 2E D 0 (2.16a)
c 2 @t 2 "0 @t
1 @2 B
2 B D 2 2 r 2 B D 0 r j (2.16b)
c @t
where 2 is the d’Alembert operator, defined according to formula (M.97) on
R
page 215.
These are the general wave equations for the electromagnetic fields, generated
in regions where there exist sources .t; x/ and j.t; x/ of any kind. Simple
everyday examples of such regions are electric conductors (e.g., radio and TV
antennas) or plasma (e.g., the Sun and its surrounding corona). In principle, the
sources and j can still cause the wave equations to be coupled, but in many
D
4 Clearly, if the current density important situations this is not the case.4
in the RHS of equation (2.16b) is
a function of E, as is the case if
We notice that outside the source region, i.e., in empty space where D 0 and
Ohm’s law j D E is applicable, j D 0, the inhomogeneous wave equations (2.16) simplify to the well-known
the coupling is not removed. uncoupled, homogeneous wave equations
1 @2 E
r 2E D 0 (2.17a)
c 2 @t 2
1 @2 B
r 2B D 0 (2.17b)
c 2 @t 2
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 47. of 252
These equations describe how the fields that were generated in the source region,
e.g., a transmitting antenna, propagate as vector waves through empty space.
Once these waves impinge upon another region which can sustain charges and/or
currents, e.g., a receiving antenna or other electromagnetic sensor, the fields
interact with the charges and the currents in this second region in accordance with
equations (2.16) on the preceding page.
FT
c 2 @t 2 "0 @t
Taking the real and imaginary parts of this equation, assuming that E; B 2 R3 , we recover
the wave equations for E and B, as expected.
yD
p i~r (2.19)
A
the Majorana representation of the Maxwell-Lorentz equations in free space can be written
as
i~ @G
C iy
pG D0 (2.20a)
c @t
yG D0
p (2.20b)
R
The first equation represents the dynamics and the second equation represents the transver-
sality condition p D ~k ? G where we anticipate the quantal relation between the field
momentum p and the wave vector k.
Using the matrix vector
Oi
M D Mi x (2.21)
D
defined by formula (M.23) on page 203, we can rewrite the equation (2.20a) above as
@G
i~ yG D 0
C cM p (2.22)
@t
By introducing the Hamiltonian-like operator
y D cM p
H y (2.23)
Oj x
Mi D iij k x Ok (2.25)
FT
N of temporal spectral components (temporal Fourier components), or, in other
words, in the form of a temporal Fourier series. Then it is sufficient to study the
properties of one of these spectral components !n ; n D 0; 1; 2; : : : ; N 1, i.e.,
i!n t i!n t
˚
E.t; x/ D En .x/ cos.!n t/ En .x/Re e D En .x/e (2.26a)
i!n t i!n t
˚
B.t; x/ D Bn .x/ cos.!n t/ Bn .x/Re e D Bn .x/e (2.26b)
FT
where the amplitude E! .x/ 2 C3 is a continuous function of (angular) frequency
! 2 R and of x 2 R3 .
We see that the Fourier transform of @E.t; x/=@t becomes
Z 1
@E.t; x/ def 1 @E.t; x/ i!t
F dt e
@t 2 1 @t
Z 1
1 1 1
D E.t; x/ e i!t 1 i! dt E.t; x/ e i!t (2.31)
2 „ ƒ‚ … 2 1
D0 since E!0; t!˙1
D i! E! .x/
A
and that, consequently,
2 1
@2 E.t; x/ i!t
@ E.t; x/ def 1
Z
F dt e D ! 2 E! .x/ (2.32)
@t 2 2 1 @t 2
Fourier transforming equation (2.16a) on page 24 and using (2.31) and (2.32),
R
we obtain
!2 r !
r 2 E! E! C i!0 j! D (2.33)
c2 "0
which is mathematically identical to equation (2.28) on the facing page. A
D
FT
following scheme:
@
! i! (2.35a)
@t
r ! ik (2.35b)
r ! ik (2.35c)
We note that
r E D ik E ik Ek (2.36)
r E D ik E ik E? (2.37)
A
and similarly for B. Hence, with respect to the wave vector k, the r operator
projects out the spatially longitudinal component, and the r operator projects
out the spatially transverse component of the field vector in question. As seen
from equations (2.35), the Fourier transform of a function in time t is a function
in angular frequency !, and the Fourier transform of a function in x is a function
R
in k. One says that ! is a reciprocal space to t and that k spans a space that is
reciprocal to x.
D
2.4 Bibliography
[16] J. D. JACKSON, Classical Electrodynamics, third ed., John Wiley & Sons, Inc.,
New York, NY . . . , 1999, ISBN 0-471-30932-X.
3
ELECTROMAGNETIC POTENTIALS
AND GAUGES
FT
As described in Chapter 1, the concepts of electric and magnetic fields were
introduced such that they are intimately related to the mechanical forces between
charges and currents given by Coulomb’s law and Ampère’s law, respectively. Just
as in mechanics, it turns out that in electrodynamics it is often more convenient
to express the theory in terms of potentials rather then in terms of the electric and
A
magnetic fields (Coulomb and Ampère forces) themselves. This is particularly
true for problems related to radiation and relativity. As we shall see in Chapter 7,
the potentials pay a central rôle in the formulation of relativistically covariant
electromagnetism. At the quantum level, electrodynamics is almost exclusively
formulated in terms of potentials rather than in terms of electric and magnetic
fields themselves.
R
In this chapter we introduce and study the properties of such potentials and
shall find that they exhibit some remarkable properties that elucidate the fun-
damental aspects of electromagnetism, lead naturally to the special theory of
relativity and pave the wave for gauge field theories.
D
29
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 52. of 252
Taking the divergence of this and using equation (1.9) on page 5, we obtain
Poisson’s equation
.x/
r 2 stat .x/ D r Estat .x/ D (3.2)
"0
A comparison with the definition of Estat , namely equation (1.7) on page 4, shows
that this equation has the solution
1 .x0 /
Z
stat .x/ D d3x 0 C˛ (3.3)
4"0 V0 jx x0 j
where the integration is taken over all source points x0 at which the charge density
.x0 / is non-zero and ˛ is an arbitrary scalar function that is not dependent on
FT
x, e.g., a constant. The scalar function stat .x/ in equation (3.3) is called the
electrostatic scalar potential .
0 j.x0 /
Z
A stat
.x/ D d3x 0 C a.x/ (3.5)
4 V0 jx x0 j
where a.x/ is an arbitrary vector field whose curl vanishes. From equation (F.103)
on page 195 we know that such a vector can always be written as the gradient of
a scalar field.
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 53. of 252
1 1
D
jx x0 j j.x x0 / .x0 x0 /j
1 3 3
1 X 1 X X
D C
FT
jx x0 j nŠ
nD1 i1 D1 in D1
1
@n jx x0 j
Œ .xi01 x0i / Œ .xi0n x0in /
@xi1 @xin 1 (3.7)
1
1 X X . 1/n
D C
jx x0 j n1 Šn2 Šn3 Š
nD1 n1 Cn2 Cn3 Dn
ni 0
1
@n jxx0 j
n n n .x10 x01 /n1 .x20 x02 /n2 .x30 x03 /n3
@x1 1 @x2 2 @x3 3
Inserting this into the integral in formula (3.6) above, we obtain the expansion
A
1
"
1 1 . 1/n
Z
d3x 0 .x0 / C
X X
stat
.x/ D
4"0 jx x0 j V 0 n1 Šn2 Šn3 Š
nD1 n1 Cn2 Cn3 Dn
ni 0 (3.8)
1
@n jx Z #
x0 j
n n n d3x 0 .x10 x01 /n1 .x20 x02 /n2 .x30 x03 /n3 .x0 /
R
@x1 1 @x2 2 @x3 3 V0
Clearly, the first integral in this expansion is nothing but the static net charge
Z
qD d3x 0 .x0 / (3.9)
V0
Z
d.x0 / D d3x 0 .x0 x0 / .x0 / (3.10)
V0
and that
1
@2 jx x0 j 3.xi x0i /.xj x0j / jx x0 j2 ıij
D (3.13)
@xi @xj jx x0 j 5
then we can write the first three terms of the expansion of equation (3.6) on the preceding
page as
"
stat 1 q 1 x x0
.x/ D C 2
d
4"0 jx x0 j jx x0 j jx x0 j
#
1 3 .xi x0i / .xj x0j / 1
C Qij ıij C : : :
jx x0 j3 2 jx x0 j jx x0 j 2
(3.14)
where Einstein’s summation convention over i and j is implied. We see that at large distances
FT
from a localised charge distribution, the electrostatic potential can, to the lowest order, be
approximated by the (Coulomb) potential from a single point charge q located at the moment
point x0 . We also see that
Z Z Z
d.x0 / D d3x 0 .x0 x0 / .x0 / D d3x 0 x0 .x0 / x0 d3x 0 .x0 /
0 V0 V0
ZV
D d3x 0 x0 .x0 / x0 q (3.15)
V0
from which we draw the conclusion that if q ¤ 0, it is always possible to choose the moment
point x0 such that d D 0, and if q D 0, then d is independent of the choice of moment point
A
x0 . Furthermore, one can show that
1
Z
R
ˇ2
d3x 0 ˇx0 x0 ˇ .x0 /
ˇ
˛D (3.17)
3 V 0
1 ˇˇ 0
Z
0
ˇ2
Qij D Qij ˛ıij D d3x 0 .xi0 x0i /.xj0 x0j / x x0 ˇ ıij .x0 /
V0 3
D
(3.18)
or
1 ˇˇ 0
Z
ˇ2
Q0 D Q 1˛ D d3x 0 .x0 x0 /.x0 x0 / 1 x x0 ˇ .x0 / (3.19)
V0 3
where 1 D x O i is the unit tensor. It follows immediately that Qi0 i D 0 (Einstein summation),
Ox
0
i.e., that Q is traceless. Rotating the coordinate system, it is possible to diagonalise the
tensors Q and Q0 . For any spherical symmetric distribution of charge, all components of Q0
vanish if the moment point x0 is chosen as the symmetry centre of the distribution.
If the charge distribution .x/ is made up of discrete point charges qn with coordinates xn ,
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 55. of 252
FT
3.3 The electrodynamic potentials
Let us now generalise the static analysis above to the electrodynamic case, i.e.,
the case with temporal and spatial dependent sources .t; x/ and j.t; x/, and
corresponding fields E.t; x/ and B.t; x/, as described by Maxwell’s equations
(1.49) on page 15. In other words, let us study the electrodynamic potentials
.t; x/ and A.t; x/.
According to the Maxwell-Lorentz equation (2.1c) on page 20 r B.t; x/ D 0
also in electrodynamics. Because of this divergence-free nature of the time- and
A
space-dependent magnetic field, we can express it as the curl of an electromag-
netic vector potential :
Inserting this expression into the other homogeneous Maxwell equation equation
R
(2.1b) on page 20, we obtain
@ @
r E.t; x/ D Œr A.t; x/ D r A.t; x/ (3.22)
@t @t
or, rearranging the terms,
D
@
r E.t; x/ C A.t; x/ D 0 (3.23)
@t
As before we utilise the vanishing curl of a vector expression to write this
vector expression as the gradient of a scalar function. If, in analogy with the
electrostatic case, we introduce the electromagnetic scalar potential function
.t; x/, equation (3.23) becomes equivalent to
@
E.t; x/ C A.t; x/ D r .t; x/ (3.24)
@t
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 56. of 252
@
E.t; x/ D r .t; x/ A.t; x/ (3.25)
@t
and B.t; x/ from formula (3.21) on the previous page. Hence, it is a matter
of taste whether we want to express the laws of electrodynamics in terms of
the potentials .t; x/ and A.t; x/, or in terms of the fields E.t; x/ and B.t; x/.
However, there exists an important difference between the two approaches: in
classical electrodynamics the only directly observable quantities are the fields
themselves (and quantities derived from them) and not the potentials. On the other
hand, the treatment becomes significantly simpler if we use the potentials in our
calculations and then, at the final stage, use equation (3.21) on the preceding page
FT
and equation (3.25) above to calculate the fields or physical quantities expressed
in the fields. This is the strategy we shall follow.
@.t; x/
.t; x/ 7! 0 .t; x/ D .t; x/ C (3.26a)
@t
A.t; x/ 7! A0 .t; x/ D A.t; x/ r .t; x/ (3.26b)
D
where, once again equation (F.103) on page 195 was used. We see that the
fields are unaffected by the gauge transformation (3.26). A transformation of
the potentials and A which leaves the fields, and hence Maxwell’s equations,
invariant is called a gauge transformation. A physical law which does not change
under a gauge transformation is said to be gauge invariant. It is only those
quantities (expressions) that are gauge invariant that are observable and therefore
have experimental significance. Of course, the electromagnetic fields themselves
are gauge invariant and electrodynamics is therefore a gauge theory and as such
the prototype for all gauge theories. A very important extension is the Yang-Mills
theory, introduced in 1954 and which has had a profound impact on modern
physics.
r 2 D
r 2A
.t; x/
"0
1 @2 A
c 2 @t 2
@
@t
.r A/ FT
Inserting (3.25) and (3.21) on page 33 into Maxwell’s equations (1.49) on page 15
we obtain, after some simple algebra and the use of equation (1.13) on page 6
r .r A/ D 0 j.t; x/ C 2 r
c
1 @
@t
(3.28a)
(3.28b)
A
that can be rewritten in the following, more symmetric, form of general inhomo-
geneous wave equations
1 @2
2 .t; x/ @ 1 @
r D C r AC 2 (3.29a)
c 2 @t 2 "0 @t c @t
1 @2 A
1 @
r 2 A D 0 j.t; x/ r r A C 2
R
2 2
(3.29b)
c @t c @t
These two second order, coupled, partial differential equations, representing in all
four scalar equations (one for and one each for the three components Ai ; i D
1; 2; 3 of A) are completely equivalent to the formulation of electrodynamics in
terms of Maxwell’s equations, which represent eight scalar first-order, coupled,
D
FT
where 2 is the d’Alembert operator, discussed in Example M.6 on page 215.
Each of these four scalar equations is an inhomogeneous wave equation of the
following generic form:
! D ck (3.35)
and the solution of equation (3.36) on the preceding page which corresponds to
the frequency ! is given by the superposition
FT
Z
‰! .x/ D d3x 0 f! .x0 /G.x; x0 / (3.38)
V0
0 0
e ikr e ikr e ikjx x j e ikjx x j
G D CC CC CC C C (3.41)
r r jx x0 j jx x0 j
where C˙ are constants.
In order to evaluate the constants C˙ , we insert the general solution, equation
(3.41), into equation (3.37) above and integrate over a small volume around
r D jx x0 j D 0. Since
1 1
x0 ˇ/ CC x0 ˇ ! 0
ˇ ˇ ˇ ˇ
G.ˇx CC ; ˇx (3.42)
jx x0 j jx x0 j
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 60. of 252
The volume integrated equation (3.37) on the preceding page can under this
assumption be approximated by
1 1
Z Z
.CC C C / d3x 0 r 2 0j
C k 2
.C C C C / d3x 0
V 0 jx x V 0 jx x0 j
Z
d3x 0 ı.ˇx x0 ˇ/
ˇ ˇ
D
V0
(3.43)
In virtue of the fact that the volume element d3x 0 in spherical polar coordinates
is proportional to jx x0 j2 , the second integral vanishes when jx x0 j ! 0.
Furthermore, from equation (F.117) on page 195, we find that the integrand in
the first integral can be written as 4ı.jx x0 j/ and, hence, that
FT
1
CC C C D (3.44)
4
Insertion of the general solution equation (3.41) on the previous page into
equation (3.38) on the preceding page gives
0 0
e ikjx x j e ikjx x j
Z Z
‰! .x/ D CC d3x 0 f! .x0 / CC d3x 0 f! .x0 /
V0 jx x0 j V0 jx x0 j
(3.45)
A
The inverse Fourier transform of this back to the t domain is obtained by inserting
the above expression for ‰! .x/ into equation (3.34a) on page 36:
h 0
i
Z Z 1 exp i! t kjx! x j
‰.t; x/ D CC d3x 0 d! f! .x0 /
V 0 1 jx x0 j
h i (3.46)
R
0
Z Z 1 exp i! t C kjx! x j
CC d3x 0 d! f! .x0 /
V 0 1 jx x0 j
0 0
If we introduce the retarded time tret and the advanced time tadv in the following
way [using the fact that k=! D 1=c in empty space, according to equation (3.35)
on page 36]:
D
0 0 k jx x0 j jx x0 j
x0 ˇ/ D t
ˇ ˇ
tret D tret .t; ˇx Dt (3.47a)
! c
0 0
ˇ 0ˇ
ˇ k jx x0 j jx x0 j
tadv D tadv .t; ˇx x /DtC DtC (3.47b)
! c
and use equation (3.33) on page 36, we obtain
0 0 0 0
3 0 f .tret ; x / 3 0 f .tadv ; x /
Z Z
‰.t; x/ D CC dx C C d x (3.48)
V0 jx x0 j V0 jx x0 j
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 61. of 252
This is a solution to the generic inhomogeneous wave equation for the potential
components equation (3.32) on page 36. We note that the solution at time t at the
field point x is dependent on the behaviour at other times t 0 of the source at x0
and that both retarded and advanced t 0 are mathematically acceptable solutions.
However, if we assume that causality requires that the potential at .t; x/ is set up
0
by the source at an earlier time, i.e., at .tret ; x0 /, we must in equation (3.48) on
the preceding page set C D 0 and therefore, according to equation (3.44) on the
facing page, CC D 1=.4/.2 2 In fact, inspired by ideas put
forward by P A U L A D R I E N
From the above discussion on the solution of the inhomogeneous wave equa- M A U R I C E D I R A C, J O H N
tions in the Lorenz-Lorentz gauge we conclude that, under the assumption of A R C H I B A L D W H E E L E R and
causality, the electrodynamic potentials in empty space can be written RICHARD PHILLIPS FEYNMAN
derived, in 1945, a consistent
0 electrodynamics based on both
1 .tret ; x0 .tret
0
//
Z
.t; x/ D d3x 0 the retarded and the advanced
FT
0 (3.49a)
4"0 V 0 jx.t / x0 .tret /j potentials.
0
0 ; x0 .tret
0
//
Z
j.tret
A.t; x/ D d3x 0 0 0 (3.49b)
4 V 0 jx.t / x .tret /j
Since these retarded potentials were obtained as solutions to the Lorenz-Lorentz
equations (3.31) on page 36 they are valid in the Lorenz-Lorentz gauge but may
be gauge transformed according to the scheme described in Subsection 3.4 on
page 34. As they stand, we shall use them frequently in the sequel.
The potentials .t; x/ and A.t; x/ calculated from (3.28a) on page 35, with an
arbitrary choice of r A, can be further gauge transformed according to (3.26)
A
on page 34. If, in particular, we choose r A according to the Lorenz-Lorentz
condition, equation (3.30) on page 36, and apply the gauge transformation (3.26)
on the resulting Lorenz-Lorentz potential equations (3.31) on page 36, these
equations will be transformed into
R
1 @2 1 @2
2 @ 2 .t; x/
2 2
r C 2 2
r D (3.50a)
c @t @t c @t "0
1 @2 A 1 @2
2 2
r A r r D 0 j.t; x/ (3.50b)
c 2 @t 2 c 2 @t 2
We notice that if we require that the gauge function .t; x/ itself be restricted to
D
1 @2
r 2 D 0 (3.51)
c 2 @t 2
these transformed Lorenz-Lorentz equations will keep their original form. The
set of potentials which have been gauge transformed according to equation (3.26)
on page 34 with a gauge function .t; x/ restricted to fulfil equation (3.51), or,
in other words, those gauge transformed potentials for which the Lorenz-Lorentz
equations (3.31) are invariant, comprise the Lorenz-Lorentz gauge.
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 62. of 252
FT
where ˛ has vanishing gradient. We note that in the scalar potential expression the
charge density source is evaluated at time t . The retardation (and advancement)
effects therefore occur only in the vector potential A, which is the solution of the
inhomogeneous wave equation equation (3.52b) above.
In order to solve this equation, one splits up j in a longitudinal (k) and
transverse (?) part, j jk C j? where r j? D 0 and r jk D 0, and note
that the equation of continuity, equation (1.25) on page 10 becomes
@ @ 2
@
C r jk D " 0 r C r jk D r "0 r C jk D 0
@t @t @t
A
(3.54)
Furthermore, since r r D 0 and r jk D 0, one finds that
@
r "0 r C jk D 0 (3.55)
@t
R
According to Helmholtz’ theorem, this implies that
@
"0 r D jk (3.56)
@t
The inhomogeneous wave equation equation (3.52b) above thus becomes
1 @2 A 1 @
D
r 2A 2 2
D 0 j C 2 r D 0 j C 0 jk D 0 j? (3.57)
c @t c @t
which shows that in Coulomb gauge the source of the vector potential A is the
transverse part of the current j? . The longitudinal part of the current jk does not
contribute to the vector potential. The retarded solution is [cf. equation (3.49a)
on the preceding page]:
0
0 j? .tret ; x0 /
Z
A.t; x/ D d3x 0 (3.58)
4 V 0 jx x0 j
The Coulomb gauge condition is therefore also called the transverse gauge.
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 63. of 252
1 @ c2
r AC˛ D 0; ˛D (3.59)
c 2 @t v2
FT
1 @2 .t; x/
r 2 2 2
D (3.60a)
v @t "0
1 @2 A 1 ˛ @
r 2A 2 2
D 0 j.t; x/ C r (3.60b)
c @t c2 @t
1 @2 .t; x/ 1 ˛ @ @
r 2 2 2
D (3.61a)
c @t "0 c 2 @t @t
2
1 @ A 1 ˛ @
A
r 2A 2 2
D 0 j.t; x/ C r (3.61b)
c @t c2 @t
In this theory, one derives the inhomogeneous wave equations for the usual ‘electric’ scalar
and vector potentials . e ; Ae / and their ‘magnetic’ counterparts . m ; Am / by assuming that
the potentials are related to the fields in the following symmetrised form:
@ e
ED r e .t; x/ A .t; x/ r Am (3.64a)
@t
FT
1 1 @ m
BD r m .t; x/ A .t; x/ C r Ae (3.64b)
c2 c 2 @t
In the absence of magnetic charges, or, equivalently for m 0 and Am 0, these formulæ
reduce to the usual Maxwell theory formula (3.25) on page 34 and formula (3.21) on page 33,
respectively, as they should.
Inserting the symmetrised expressions (3.64) into equations (3.63) above, one obtains [cf.,
equations (3.28a) on page 35]
@ e .t; x/
r2e C r Ae D
(3.65a)
@t "0
@ m .t; x/
A
2 m
r Am D
r C (3.65b)
@t "0
1 @2 Ae 1 @ e
2 e
r A C r r Ae C 2 D 0 j e .t; x/ (3.65c)
c 2 @t 2 c @t
1 @2 Am 1 @ m
r 2 Am C r r Am C 2 D 0 j m .t; x/ (3.65d)
c 2 @t 2 c @t
R
By choosing the conditions on the divergence of the vector potentials according to the
Lorenz-Lorentz condition [cf. equation (3.30) on page 36]
1 @ e
r Ae C D0 (3.66)
c 2 @t
1 @
r Am C 2 m D 0 (3.67)
c @t
D
exhibiting, once again, the striking properties of Dirac’s symmetrised Maxwell theory.
@
i~ y
DH (3.69)
@t
FT
y is the Hamilton operator.
and H
1
H D .p qA/2 C q (3.70)
2m
where p is the linear momentum. The corresponding quantal Hamilton operator is obtained
y i~r . This gives the Schrödinger equation
by replacing p by the operator p
@ 1
i~ D . i~r qA/2 C q (3.71)
A
@t 2m
The idea is to perform a gauge transformation from the potentials .t; x/ and A.t; x/ to new
potentials
@.t; x/
! 0 .t; x/ D .t; x/ C (3.72)
R
@t
A !A0 .t; x/ D A.t; x/ r .t; x/ (3.73)
and then find a .t; x/, expressed in the gauge function .t; x/, so that the transformed
Schrödinger equation can be written
@e i 1
qA/2 e i C qe i
D
i~ D . i~r (3.74)
@t 2m
Under the gauge transformation, the Schrödinger equation (3.71) transforms into
@ 0 1 @
i~ D Œ i~r qA C .qr /2 0
C q 0
Cq 0
(3.75)
@t 2m @t
Now, setting
0
.t; x/ D e i.t;x/ .t; x/ (3.76)
we see that
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 66. of 252
FT
0
i~ q D i~ C~ D i~ .e i / C ~ e i
@t @t @t @t @t @t (3.78)
2 @ i i @ @ i i @
Di ~ e C i~e C~ e D e i~
@t @t @t @t
Inserting this into the transformed Schrödinger equation (3.75) we recover the untransformed
Schrödinger equation (3.71).
We conclude that for a gauge transformation of the potentials and A, the Schrödinger
equation is invariant, but that the wave function changes from to e i where the phase
angle is real-valued. This means that the non-relativistic quantum physical observable
j j2 is unaffected by a gauge transformation of the classical potentials and A that appear
in the Hamilton operator.
A
End of example 3.3C
3.6 Bibliography
R
[20] M. G UIDRY, Gauge Field Theories: An Introduction with Applications, John Wiley
& Sons, Inc., New York, NY . . . , 1991, ISBN 0-471-63117-5.
[21] J. D. JACKSON, Classical Electrodynamics, third ed., John Wiley & Sons, Inc.,
New York, NY . . . , 1999, ISBN 0-471-30932-X.
4
FIELDS FROM ARBITRARY CHARGE
AND CURRENT DISTRIBUTIONS
FT
While the electric and magnetic fields from prescribed sources can, in principle,
be calculated from the Maxwell-Lorentz equations given at the beginning of
A
Chapter 2, or from the wave equations later in the same chapter, it is often
technically easier and physically more lucid to calculate the fields from the
electromagnetic potentials derived in Chapter 3. In this chapter we use potentials
from prescribed but completely arbitrary charges and currents to derive resulting
exact analytic expressions for the retarded electric and magnetic fields. As
R
we shall see, these fields comprise several components, characterized by their
direction and their fall-off with distance from the source. This means that different
components dominate in amplitude in different regions in free space (the near
zone, the intermediate zone, and the far zone, respectively) away from the source
region. Those field components that have the slowest fall-off as a function of
D
distance from the source and therefore dominate in the far zone, are referred to
as the far fields. Because of their importance, a special analysis of the far fields
is given at the end of the chapter. However, as will be shown in Chapter 6, the
contribution to certain physical far-zone observables come from a combination of
far fields and near-zone and intermediate zone fields. That is why we include a
derivation of approximate expressions for all field components, dominant as well
as sub-dominant, valid at large distances from the source.
We recall that in order to find the solution (3.48) on page 38 for the generic
inhomogeneous wave equation (3.32) on page 36, we presupposed the existence
45
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 68. of 252
of a Fourier transform pair (3.33) on page 36 for the generic source term
Z 1
f .t; x/ D d! f! .x/ e i!t (4.1a)
1
Z 1
1
f! .x/ D dt f .t; x/ e i!t (4.1b)
2 1
That such transform pairs exist is true for most physical variables which are neither
strictly monotonically increasing nor strictly monotonically decreasing with time.
For charge and current densities that vary in time we can therefore, without
loss of generality, work with individual Fourier components ! .x/ and j! .x/,
respectively. Strictly speaking, the existence of a single Fourier component
assumes a monochromatic source (i.e., a source containing only one single
FT
frequency component), which in turn requires that the electric and magnetic fields
exist for infinitely long times. However, by taking the proper limits, we may still
use this approach even for sources and fields of finite duration.
This is the method we shall utilise in this chapter in order to derive the electric
and magnetic fields in vacuum from arbitrary given charge densities .t; x/ and
current densities j.t; x/, defined by the temporal Fourier transform pairs
Z 1
.t; x/ D d! ! .x/ e i!t (4.2a)
1
Z 1
1
! .x/ D dt .t; x/ e i!t (4.2b)
A
2 1
and
Z 1
j.t; x/ D d! j! .x/ e i!t (4.3a)
1
Z 1
R
1
j! .x/ D dt j.t; x/ e i!t (4.3b)
2 1
The temporal Fourier transform pair for the retarded scalar potential can then
be written
Z 1
.t; x/ D d! ! .x/ e i!t (4.4a)
1
1 0
1 1 e ikjx x j
Z Z
i!t 3 0 0
! .x/ D dt .t; x/ e D d x ! .x / (4.4b)
2 1 4"0 V0 jx x0 j
where in the last step, we made use of the explicit expression for the temporal
Fourier transform of the generic potential component ‰! .x/, equation (3.45) on
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 69. of 252
page 38. Similarly, the following Fourier transform pair for the vector potential
must exist:
Z 1
A.t; x/ D d! A! .x/ e i!t (4.5a)
1
1 0
1 0 e ikjx x j
Z Z
A! .x/ D dt A.t; x/ e i!t D d3x 0 j! .x0 / (4.5b)
2 1 4 V0 jx x0 j
Similar transform pairs exist for the fields themselves.
In the limit that the sources can be considered monochromatic containing only
one single frequency !0 , we have the much simpler expressions
i!0 t
.t; x/ D 0 .x/e (4.6a)
i!0 t
j.t; x/ D j0 .x/e (4.6b)
FT
i!0 t
.t; x/ D 0 .x/e (4.6c)
i!0 t
A.t; x/ D A0 .x/e (4.6d)
k
r A! i ! D 0 (4.8)
c
which provides a relation between (the Fourier transforms of) the vector and
scalar potentials.
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 70. of 252
Using the Fourier transformed version of equation (4.7) on the preceding page
and equation (4.5b) on the previous page, we obtain
0
0 e ikjx x j
Z
B! .x/ D r A! .x/ D r d3x 0 j! .x0 / (4.9)
4 V0 jx x0 j
Utilising formula (F.94) on page 194 and recalling that j! .x0 / does not depend
on x, we can rewrite this as
" 0
!#
0 e ikjx x j
Z
3 0 0
B! .x/ D d x j! .x / r
4 V 0 jx x0 j
x x0
Z
0 3 0 0 0
D d x j! .x / 3
e ikjx x j
4 V 0 jx x j 0
x x0 ikjx x0 j
1
Z
FT
C d3x 0 j! .x0 / ik e (4.10)
V0 jx x0 j jx x0 j
0
j! .x0 /e ikjx x j .x x0 /
Z
0
D d3x 0
4 V 0 jx x0 j3
0 ikjx x0 j
.x x0 /
3 0 . ik/j! .x /e
Z
C dx
V0 jx x0 j2
From this expression for the magnetic field in the frequency (!) domain, we
finally obtain the total magnetic field in the temporal (t ) domain by taking the
inverse Fourier transform (using the identity ik D i!=c):
A
Z 1
B.t; x/ D d! B! .x/ e i!t
1
hR i
1 0
0
Z
1 d! j! .x0 /e i.!t kjx x j/ .x x0 /
D d3x 0
4 V 0 jx x0 j3
R
hR i
1 0 i.!t kjx x0 j/
1
Z
1 d! . i!/j ! .x /e .x x0 /
3 0
C dx
c V0 jx x0 j2
(4.11)
Comparing with equations (3.47) on page 38, we can identify the exponents of the
D
0
exponentials in the integrands as i!tret and find that the total retarded magnetic
field can be written as the sum of two terms
0
0 ; x0 / .x x0 /
Z
j.tret
B.t; x/ D d3x 0
4 V 0 jx x0 j3
„ ƒ‚ …
Retarded induction field
(4.12)
0
Z P ret
j.t 0
; x0 / .x x0 /
3 0
C dx
4c V0 jx x0 j2
„ ƒ‚ …
Far field
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 71. of 252
where
P ret
0 def @j
j.t ; x0 / (4.13)
@t 0
tDtret
The first term, the retarded induction field that dominates near the current source
but falls off rapidly with distance from it, is the electrodynamic version of the
Biot-Savart law in electrostatics, formula (1.17) on page 8. The second term, the
far field , dominates at large distances. The spatial derivatives (r ) gave rise to
a time derivative (P) so this term represents the part of the magnetic field that is
generated by the time rate of change of the current, i.e., accelerated charges, at
the retarded time.
In infinitesimal differential form, formula (4.12) on the preceding page be-
FT
comes
x x0 x x0
0 0 1 P0 0
dB.t; x/ D dI.tret / C dI .tret / (4.14)
4 jx x0 j3 c jx x0 j2
0
where tret D t jx x0 j =c.1 This is the dynamic generalisation of the static 1 Here we exclude the possibility
0
that advanced time tadv D
infinitesimal Biot-Savart law, equation (1.16) on page 7 to which it reduces in the t C jx x0 j =c may contribute to
static limit. dB.
A
4.2 The retarded electric field
In order to calculate the retarded electric field, we use the temporally Fourier
transformed version of formula (3.25) on page 34, inserting equations (4.4b) and
R
(4.5b) as the explicit expressions for the Fourier transforms of and A:
ikjx x0 j
i0 ! 0 e
Z
3 0
C d x j! .x /
4 V 0 jx x0 j
0 ikjx x0 j
.x x0 / (4.15)
Z
1 ! .x /e
D d3x 0
4"0 V0 jx x0 j3
0
! .x0 /e ikjx x j .x x0 /
Z
ik d3x 0
V0 jx x0 j2
ikjx x0 j
1 0 e
Z
3 0
C ik d x j! .x /
c V0 jx x0 j
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 72. of 252
FT
4"0 jx x0 j3
(4.17)
x x0
1 1 P0 0 1
C dqP 0 .tret 0
/ dI .tret /
c jx x0 j2 c 2 jx x0 j
which in the static limit reduces to the infinitesimal Coulomb law, formula (1.5)
2 Equation (4.12) and equation on page 4.2
(4.16) seem to have been first
introduced by Panofsky and
We shall now further expand equation (4.16). To this end we first note that the
Phillips. Later they were given by Fourier transform of the continuity equation (1.25) on page 10
Jefimenko and they are therefore
sometimes called the Jefimenko r 0 j! .x0 / i!! .x0 / D 0 (4.18)
equations.
A
can be used to express ! in terms of j! as follows
i 0
! .x0 / D r j! .x0 / (4.19)
!
Doing so in the last term of equation (4.15) on the preceding page, and also using
R
the fact that k D !=c, we can rewrite this equation as
0 ikjx x0 j
.x x0 /
Z
1 3 0 ! .x /e
E! .x/ D dx
4"0 V 0 jx x0 j3
0 ikjx x0 j
1 Œr j! .x0 /.x x0 / e
Z
d3x 0 ikj ! .x0
/
c V0 jx x0 j jx x0 j
D
„ ƒ‚ …
I!
(4.20)
The last vector-valued integral can be further rewritten in the following way:
0 ikjx x0 j
Œr j! .x0 /.x x0 / e
Z
I! D d3x 0 0
ikj ! .x 0
/
V0 jx x j jx x0 j
0 (4.21)
x xl0 e ikjx x j
3 0 @j!m l
Z
0
D dx 0 jx
ikj!l .x / xOl
V0 @xm x0 j jx x0 j
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 73. of 252
But, since
xl xl0 ikjx xl xl0
@ x0 j @j!m 0
j!m e D e ikjx x j
@xm 0
jx x0 j2 0
@xmjx x0 j2
(4.22)
xl xl0 ikjx
@ x0 j
C j!m 0 e
@xm jx x0 j2
we can rewrite I! as
" #
x x 0 ikjx x0 j
@ e
Z
l 0
I! D d3x 0 j!m 0 l
O l e ikjx x j C ikj!
x
V0 @xm jx x0 j2 jx x0 j
xl xl0
@
Z
0
C d3x 0 0 j!m 2
xO l e ikjx x j
V0 @xm jx x j0
(4.23)
FT
where, according to Gauss’s theorem, the last term vanishes if j! is assumed to
be limited and tends to zero at large distances. Further evaluation of the derivative
in the first term makes it possible to write
0
e ikjx x j
Z
I! D d3x 0 j!
V0 jx x0 j2
2 0
0 ikjx x0 j
C j! .x x / .x x /e
jx x0 j4
0
Œj! .x x0 / .x x0 / ikjx x0 j e ikjx x j
A
Z
ik d3x 0 e C j !
V0 jx x0 j3 jx x0 j
(4.24)
Using the triple product ‘bac-cab’ formula (F.72) on page 193 backwards, and
inserting the resulting expression for I! into equation (4.20) on the facing page,
R
we arrive at the following final expression for the Fourier transform of the total E
field:
ikjx x0 j ikjx x0 j
1 0 e i0 ! 0 e
Z Z
3 0 3 0
E! .x/ D r d x ! .x / C d x j! .x /
4"0 V0 jx x0 j 4 V 0 jx x0 j
0
! .x0 /e ikjx x j .x x0 /
Z
1
d3x 0
D
D
4"0 V 0 jx x0 j3
0
1 Œj! .x0 /e ikjx x j .x x0 /.x x0 /
Z
C d3x 0
c V0 jx x0 j4
0
1 Œj! .x0 /e ikjx x j .x x0 / .x x0 /
Z
C d3x 0
c V0 jx x0 j4
0 ikjx x0 j
.x x0 / .x x0 /
3 0 Œj! .x /e
Z
ik
dx
c V0 jx x0 j3
(4.25)
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 74. of 252
Taking the inverse Fourier transform of equation (4.25) on the previous page,
once again using the vacuum relation ! D kc, we find, at last, the expression in
time domain for the total electric field:
Z 1
E.t; x/ D d! E! .x/ e i!t
1
0
1 .tret ; x0 /.x x0 /
Z
D d3x 0
4"0 V 0 jx x0 j3
„ ƒ‚ …
Retarded Coulomb field
0
1 Œj.tret ; x0 / .x x0 /.x x0 /
Z
C d3x 0
4"0 c V0 jx x0 j 4
„ ƒ‚ … (4.26)
Intermediate field
0
1 Œj.tret ; x0 / .x x0 / .x x0 /
Z
FT
C d3x 0
4"0 c V0 jx x0 j4
„ ƒ‚ …
Intermediate field
1
Z P ret
Œj.t 0
; x0 / .x x0 / .x x0 /
C d3x 0
4"0 c 2 V0 jx x0 j3
„ ƒ‚ …
Far field
where, as before
P ret
0 def @j
j.t ; x0 /
@t tDtret
A
0
Here, the first term represents the retarded Coulomb field and the last term
represents the far field which dominates at very large distances. The other two
terms represent the intermediate field which contributes significantly only to the
fields themselves in the near zone and must be properly taken into account there.
R
With this we have achieved our goal of finding closed-form analytic expres-
sions for the electric and magnetic fields when the sources of the fields are
completely arbitrary, prescribed distributions of charges and currents. The only
assumption made is that the advanced potentials have been discarded; recall the
discussion following equation (3.48) on page 38 in Chapter 3.
D
.t 0 ; x0 / x
x0
T .t 0 ; x0 ; x/ D
jx x0 j2 jx x0 j
x0 x0
1 x 0 0 x
C 2 j.t ; x / j.t 0 ; x0 / (4.27)
0
jx x j 2 jx x0 j jx x0 j
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 75. of 252
where
x0 ˇ
ˇ ˇ
ˇx
t 0 D tret
0
Dt (4.28)
c
one can write the electric field as
( )
x x0 x0
1
Z
3 0 0 0 x P 0 ; x0 /
E.t; x/ D d x T .t ; x ; x/ C j.t
4"0 V 0 c 2 jx x0 j2 jx x0 j
(4.29)
and the magnetic field as
( )
x0 x x0 x0
0
Z
x x
B.t; x/ D d3x 0 T .t 0 0
; x ; x/ C P 0 ; x0 /
j.t
4 V 0 jx x0 j c 2 jx x0 j2 jx x0 j
(4.30)
FT
Alternatively
1
Z
E.t; x/ D d3x 0 T .t 0 ; x0 ; x/
4"0 V0
x x0 x0
1 @
Z
x
C d3x 0 j.t 0 ; x0 / (4.31)
4"0 @t V 0 c 2 jx x0 j2 jx x0 j
and
0 x0
Z
x
B.t; x/ D d3x 0 T .t 0 ; x0 ; x/
4 V0 x0 j jx
( )
x0 x x0 x0
0 @
Z
3 0 x x
j.t 0 ; x0 /
A
C dx (4.32)
4 @t V 0 jx x0 j c 2 jx x0 j2 jx x0 j
respectively.
from the source region. Let us therefore derive such expressions. As illustrated in
Figure 4.1 on the next page we assume that the sources are located near a point
x0 inside a volume V 0 that is not moving relative to the observer and has such a
limited spatial extent that max jx0 x0 j jx x0 j, and the integration surface
S , centred on x0 , has a large enough radius jx x0 j max jx0 x0 j. Then we
can approximate
k ˇx x0 ˇ k .x x0 / k .x x0 / k .x0 x0 /
ˇ ˇ
(4.33)
k jx x0 j k .x0 x0 /
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 76. of 252
x0
FT
V0
O
4 jx x0 j jx x0 j V 0
max ˇx0 x0 ˇ ˇx x0 ˇ ; jx x0 j max ˇx0 x0 ˇ
ˇ ˇ ˇ ˇ ˇ ˇ
(4.36)
In the same approximation, the E field Fourier component becomes
1 e ikjx x0 j
Z
0
E! .x/ 2
d3x 0 ! .x0 /e ik.x x0 / kO (4.37a)
4"0 jx x0 j V 0
1 e ikjx x0 j
Z
0
C O kO
d3x 0 Œj! .x0 /e ik.x x0 / k (4.37b)
4"0 c jx x0 j V 02
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 77. of 252
1 e ikjx x0 j
Z
ik.x0 x0 / O kO
C d3x 0 Œj! .x0 /e k (4.37c)
4"0 c jx x0 j2 V0
ik e ikjx x0 j
Z
ik.x0 x0 / O kO
d3x 0 Œj! .x0 /e k (4.37d)
4"0 c jx x0 j V0
i.e.,
1 e ikjx x0 j
Z
ik.x0 x0 / O
E! .x/ d3x 0 ! .x0 /e k (4.38a)
4"0 jx x0 j2 V0
1 e ikjx x0 j
Z
0
C d3x 0 Œj! .x0 /e ik.x x0 / O kO
k (4.38b)
4"0 c jx x0 j2 V 0
ikjx x0 j
1 1 e
FT
C ik
4"0 c jx x0 j jx x0 j2
Z
0
O kO
d3x 0 Œj! .x0 /e ik.x x0 / k (4.38c)
V0
0
Z P ret
j.t 0
; x0 / .x x0 /
Bfar .t; x/ D d3x 0 (4.39)
4c V0 jx x0 j2
R
and
1
Z P ret
Œj.t 0
; x0 / .x x0 / .x x0 /
far
E .t; x/ D d3x 0 (4.40)
4"0 c 2 V0 jx x0 j 3
D
In the frequency (temporal Fourier) domain, these far fields are represented by
1
1
Z
B!far .x/ D dt Bfar .t; x/ e i!t
2 1
x0 j
0 j! .x0 /e ikjx .x x0 /
Z
D ik d3x 0 (4.41)
4 V0 jx x0 j2
0
0 j! .x0 /e ikjx x j kO
Z
D ik d3x 0
4 V0 jx x0 j
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 78. of 252
and
1
1
Z
Efar
! .x/ D dt Efar .t; x/ e i!t
2 1
x0 j
1 Œj! .x0 /e ikjx .x x0 / .x x0 /
Z
D ik d3x 0
4"0 c V0 jx x0 j 3
0 ikjx x0 j O kO
1 Œj! .x /e k
Z
D ik d3x 0
4"0 c V0 jx x0 j
(4.42)
respectively.
Within the approximation (4.33) on page 53, the expressions (4.41) and (4.42)
for the far fields can be simplified to
FT
0 e ikjx x0 j
Z
0
far
B! .x/ ik O
d3x 0 Œj! .x0 /e ik.x x0 / k (4.43a)
4 jx x0 j V 0
1 e ikjx x0 j
Z
0
Efar
! .x/ ik O kO
d3x 0 Œj! .x0 /e ik.x x0 / k
4"0 c jx x0 j V 0
(4.43b)
Inverse Fourier transforming the above expressions into t domain, we find that
0 e ikjx x0 j
Z
far
B .t; x/ P 0 .x0 /; x0 / kO
d3x 0 j.t (4.44a)
4c jx x0 j V 0
A
1 e ikjx x0 j
Z
Efar .t; x/ P 0 .x0 /; x0 / k
d3x 0 Œj.t O kO (4.44b)
4"0 c 2 jx x0 j V 0
where
k .x0 x0 /
t 0 .x0 / D t C
R
! (4.45)
k jx x0 j k jx x0 j k ˇˇ 0ˇ
ˇ
t C Dt .x x jx x0 j/
! ! !
In conclusion, if max jx0 x0 j jx x0 j, then the far fields behave as spher-
ical waves multiplied by dimensional and angular factor integrals, where the
D
integrands contain only points in the source region. The magnitudes of the fields
are directly proportional to the magnitude of the time derivative of the current.
4.4 Bibliography
[24] M. A. H EALD AND J. B. M ARION, Classical Electromagnetic Radiation, third ed.,
Saunders College Publishing, Fort Worth, . . . , 1980, ISBN 0-03-097277-9.
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 79. of 252
4.4. Bibliography j 57
[26] J. D. JACKSON, Classical Electrodynamics, third ed., John Wiley & Sons, Inc.,
New York, NY . . . , 1999, ISBN 0-471-30932-X.
[28] L. D. L ANDAU AND E. M. L IFSHITZ, The Classical Theory of Fields, fourth revised
English ed., vol. 2 of Course of Theoretical Physics, Pergamon Press, Ltd., Oxford . . . ,
1975, ISBN 0-08-025072-6.
FT
ond ed., Addison-Wesley Publishing Company, Inc., Reading, MA . . . , 1962, ISBN 0-
201-05702-6.
FT
A
R
D
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 81. of 252
5
FUNDAMENTAL PROPERTIES OF
THE ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELD
FT
In this chapter we explore a number of fundamental properties of the electromag-
netic fields and sources themselves, and of the physical observables constructed
from them. Of particular interest are symmetries which are essential ingredients
in physics as they have been found to have a striking predictive power. This in-
cludes both geometric symmetries (translation, rotation) and intrinsic symmetries
A
(duality, reciprocity). Intimately related to symmetries are conserved quantities
(constants of motion) of which our primary interest will be the electromagnetic
energy, linear momentum, and angular momentum. These conserved quantities
can carry information over large distances and are all more or less straightfor-
wardly related to their counterparts in classical mechanics (indeed in all field
R
theories). But we will also consider other conserved quantities, where this relation
is perhaps not so straightforward.
To derive useful mathematical expressions for the physical observables that we
want to study, we once again take the microscopic Maxwell-Lorentz equations
(2.1) on page 20 as an axiomatic starting point.
D
symmetry; and under time reversal , i.e., a change of sign of the time coordinate
t ! t 0 D t, called T symmetry. Recalling that
/q (5.1a)
and
dx
j D v D (5.1b)
dt
the transformation properties follow directly from the Maxwell equations (2.1)
on page 20. Let us study them one by one.
! 0 D
FT
(5.2a)
0
j!j D j (5.2b)
0
r !r Dr (5.2c)
@ @ @
! 0 D (5.2d)
@t @t @t
implying that
! 0 D (5.4a)
R
0
j!j D j (5.4b)
0
r !r D r (5.4c)
@ @ @
! 0 D (5.4d)
@t @t @t
D
implying that
Since, by assumption, t , and "0 are ordinary scalars and that, consequently,
="0 is an ordinary scalar, and that radius vector x is the prototype of an
ordinary (polar) vector, we note that j and E are ordinary vectors, whereas
B is a pseudovector (axial vector) as described in Subsection M.1.3.2 on
page 210.
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 83. of 252
! 0 D (5.6a)
0
j!j D j (5.6b)
0
r !r Dr (5.6c)
@ @ @
! 0 D (5.6d)
@t @t @t
implying that
We see that E is even and that B is odd under time reversal. The Universe as a
FT
whole is asymmetric under time reversal. On quantum scales this is exhibited
by the uncertainty principle and on classical scales by the arrow of time which
is related to the increase of thermodynamic entropy in a closed system.
The CPT theorem states that the combined CPT symmetry must hold for all
physical phenomena. No violation of this law has been observed so far. However,
in 1964 it was experimentally discovered that the combined CP symmetry is
violated in certain meson decays.
A
5.2 Conservation laws
It is well established that an understanding of the development in time of a
physical system is enhanced by finding the conserved quantities (constants of
R
motion), of the system, i.e., those observables that do not change with time. In
other words, the task is to find the conservation laws for the physical system
under study, which, according to Noether’s theorem, is closely related to finding
the symmetries of the system.
Consider a certain physical property or ‘substance’, e.g. electric charge, that
D
of the ‘substance’ inside V represented by the source density s. Recalling that the
normal vector nO points outward, the following balance equation must then hold:
Z I Z
d
d3x % D d2x nO %v C d3x s (5.8)
dt V S V
„ ƒ‚ … „ ƒ‚ … „ ƒ‚ …
Total change within V Flow into V Production inside V
With the help of Gauss’s theorem, formula (F.122) on page 196, this equation can
be rewritten
Z @%
d3x C r .%v / s D 0 (5.9)
V @t
Since this must be true for an arbitrary volume V , we obtain the continuity
FT
equation
@%
C r .%v / D s (5.10)
@t
which expresses, in differential form, the balance between the explicit temporal
change of the density of the ‘substance’, the flow of it across the surface of a
closed volume, and the production of the ‘substance’ in the volume enclosed by
the surface. If the source density vanishes, the equation describes the constancy
of the amount of ‘substance’.
A
In fact, since r .r a/ D 0 for any arbitrary, differentiable vector field a,
we can generalise equation (5.10) to
@%
C r .%v C r a/ D s (5.11)
@t
Furthermore, since the time derivative d=dt operating on a scalar, vector or tensor
R
field, dependent on t and x.t/, is
d @
D Cv r (5.12)
dt @t
according to the chain rule [cf. equation (1.36) on page 13], and since
D
r .%v / D %r v C v r % (5.13)
d%
C %r .v C r a/ D s (5.14)
dt
where, again, a is an arbitrary, differentiable pseudovector field with dimension
m 2 s 1 , e.g., the moment of velocity with respect to x0 , i.e., .x x0 / v .
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 85. of 252
1
0
r B D jc C jd
FT
If we introduce the notation j c for the current associated with charge transport
and j d for the displacement current @."0 E/=@t, equation (2.1d) on page 20 can
be rewritten
(5.16)
Taking the time derivative of this, using the Maxwell equation (2.1b) on page 20
A
and formula (F.106) on page 195, we find the following conservation law for the
total current
@j c @j d
1
C Cr 1 .r E/ D 0 (5.17)
@t @t 0
which is a rather unusual way of writing the wave equation for the electric field
R
vector.
r .E B/ D B .r E/ E .r B/
@B @E
D B 0 E j "0 0 E (5.18)
@t @t
@ "
0 2
D 0 EECc BB CjE
@t 2
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 86. of 252
FT
and can be viewed as the electromagnetic energy current density. Then we can
write the balance equation (5.18) on the previous page as
@ufield
Cr S D jE (5.22)
@t
i.e., as a continuity equation with a source term
sD jED E v (5.23)
From the definition of E, we conclude that E represents force per unit volume
A
(N m 3 ) and that E v therefore represents work per unit volume or, in other
words, power density (W m 3 ). It is known as the Lorentz power density and is
equivalent to the time rate of change of the mechanical energy density (J m 3 ) of
the current carrying particles
@umech
R
DjE (5.24)
@t
Equation (5.22) can therefore be written
@umech @ufield
C Cr S D0 (5.25)
@t @t
D
mechanical energy:
dU mech
Z
D d3x 0 j E (5.26)
dt V0
This is the energy theorem in Maxwell’s theory, also known as Poynting’s theo-
rem.
Allowing for an EMF and assuming that Ohm’s law
j D .E C EEMF / (5.30)
FT
is a valid approximation, or, equivalently, that
j
ED EEMF (5.31)
we obtain the relation
j2
Z Z Z
d3x 0 j E D d3x 0 d3x 0 j EEMF (5.32)
V0 V0 V0
which, when inserted into equation (5.29) and use is made of equation (5.26) on
A
the preceding page, yields
dU field j2
Z I Z
3 0 2 0 0
d x jE EMF
D C d x nO S C d3x 0 (5.33)
0 dt … 0 0
„V ƒ‚ … „ ƒ‚ „S ƒ‚ … „V ƒ‚ …
Supplied electric power Field power Radiated power Joule heat
This shows how the supplied power (left-hand side, LHS) is expelled in the form
R
of a time rate change of electric and magnetic field energy, radiated electromag-
netic power, and Joule heat power, i.e., Ohmic losses in the system (right-hand
side, RHS).
The derivation of the energy conservation formula (5.22) on the facing page
introduced the Poynting (energy flux) vector S.t; x/. We now seek a balance
equation involving the time derivative of S and find, using the Maxwell equations
(2.1) on page 20 repeatedly, that
@S @E @B
D "0 c 2 BCE
@t @t @t (5.34)
D "0 c 2 E .r E/ C c 2 B .r B/ c2j B
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 88. of 252
A combination of formulæ (F.97), (F.89), and (F.93) on page 194, and formula
(F.106) on page 195, allows us to write
1
E .r E/ D r E E EED r .E E/ EE
2
1
D r .EE/ C r .E E/ C .r E/E (5.35)
2
1
D r EE 1.E E/ C .r E/E
2
and similarly for B. Dividing out c 2 , using the Maxwell-Lorentz equations (2.1)
on page 20 once more, and rearranging terms, we can therefore write equation
(5.34) on the previous page as
1 @S h1 i
C "0 r 1 E E C c 2 B B EE C c 2 BB D 0
FT
fC 2 (5.36)
c @t 2
where
@ h1 i
1 E E C c2B B EE C c 2 BB
f D ."0 E B/ "0 r
@t 2
(5.37a)
D "0 Œ.r E/E C c 2 .r B/B C j B (5.37b)
D E C j B (5.37c)
gmech D %m v (5.38)
S D gfield c 2 (5.40)
Since the LHS is (energy density) (velocity) and the RHS is (mass density)
(velocity) c 2 , we see that this relation forebodes the relativistic relation
E D mc 2 , where E is energy and m is mass.
We can now write the linear momentum density balance equation (5.34) on
the preceding page in differential form as
@gmech @gfield
C Cr TD0 (5.41)
@t @t
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 89. of 252
where
"0
1 E E C c2B B "0 EE C c 2 BB
TD (5.42)
2
is the linear momentum flux tensor (the negative of the Maxwell stress tensor),
measured in Pa, i.e., N m 2 . T is the linear momentum current density of the
electromagnetic field. In tensor component form, it can be written
1
Tij D ıij ufield "0 Ei Ej Bi Bj (5.43)
0
and where the electromagnetic energy density ufield is defined in formula (5.19)
on page 64. The component Tij is the linear momentum in the ith direction that
FT
passes a surface element in the j th direction per unit time, per unit area.
Integration over the entire volume V 0 yields the conservation law for linear
momentum
dpmech dpfield
I
C C d2x 0 nO 0 T D 0 (5.44)
dt dt S0
where
Z
p mech
D d3x 0 gmech (5.45a)
V0
A
Z Z
pfield D d3x 0 gfield D "0 d3x 0 E B (5.45b)
V0 V0
or
Z Z I
3 0 d 3 0
dx f C "0 d x .E B/ C d2x 0 nO 0 T D 0 (5.46)
dt
R
V0 V0 S0
„ ƒ‚ … „ ƒ‚ … „ ƒ‚ …
Force on the matter Field momentum Linear momentum flow
This is the linear momentum theorem in Maxwell’s theory which describes how
the electromagnetic field carries linear momentum.
If we assume that we have a single localised charge q, i.e., that the charge
D
density is given by equation (1.8) on page 5 where the sum is over one particle
only, the evaluation of the first integral shows that the force on this single charged
particle is
Z Z
FD d3x 0 f D d3x 0 .E C j B/ D q.E C v B/ (5.47)
V0 V0
which is the Lorentz force; see also equation (1.46) on page 14. Note that equation
(5.47) follows directly from a conservation law, and hence is a consequence of a
symmetry of the microscopic Maxwell equations (2.1) on page 20.
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 90. of 252
where Lmech is the mechanical spin angular momentum and † mech the mechanical
orbital angular momentum of the system, is conserved, As is well known from
mechanics, to change J mech , one has to apply a mechanical torque
FT
dJ mech
D (5.49)
dt
Starting from the definition of the mechanical linear momentum density gmech ,
formula (5.38) on page 66, we define the mechanical angular momentum density
about a fixed moment point x0 as
K D .x x0 / T (5.54)
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 91. of 252
the differential form of the balance equation for angular momentum density can
be written
@hmech @hfield
C Cr KD0 (5.55)
@t @t
K is the angular momentum current density of the electromagnetic field.
Integration over the entire volume V 0 yields the conservation law for angular
momentum
dJ mech dJ field
I
C C d2x 0 nO 0 K D 0 (5.56)
dt dt S0
where
Z
FT
J mech D d3x 0 hmech (5.57a)
V0
Z Z
J field D d3x 0 hfield D d3x 0 .x0 x0 / gfield
V0 V0
Z (5.57b)
D "0 d3x 0 .x0 x0 / .E B/
V0
or
Z Z
d
d3x 0 .x0 x0 / f C d3x 0 "0 .x0 x0 / .E B/
V0 dt V 0
„ ƒ‚ … „ ƒ‚ …
A
Torque on the matter Field angular momentum
I (5.58)
C d2x 0 nO 0 K D0
S0
„ ƒ‚ …
Angular momentum flow
This angular momentum theorem is the angular analogue to the linear momentum
R
theorem, equation (5.46) on page 67, and it describes how the electromagnetic
field carries angular momentum.
If, for simplicity, we choose the origin in equation (5.58) at the moment point
x0 , use the formula (5.21) on page 64, and perform partial integration, we find
that we can write the electromagnetic angular momentum as
D
Z Z
3 0
J field
D "0 d x x .r A/ E C "0 d3x 0 E .r A/ x
V0 V0
Z Z
D Lfield C † field C "0 d3x 0 r .EA x/ C "0 d3x 0 .x A/.r E/
V0 V0
(5.59)
where
Z
Lfield D "0 d3x 0 x .r A/ E (5.60)
V0
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 92. of 252
Z
† field D "0 d3x 0 E A (5.61)
V0
Applying Gauss’s theorem, formula (F.122) on page 196, and using the
Maxwell-Lorentz equation (2.1a) on page 20 we can write equation (5.59) on the
previous page
I Z
2 0 0
J field
DL field
C† field
C "0 d x nO .EA x/ C "0 d3x 0 .x A/
S0 V0
(5.62)
FT
If EA x E.A x/ falls off sufficiently fast for large jxj, and if there is
no net electric charge density in the source volume, the two integrals in the
RHS vanish. In quantum mechanics the orbital angular momentum operator is
i~x r . Hence it is intriguing to interpret Lfield as the electromagnetic orbital
angular momentum. Likewise, since E A D ij k Ej Ak x O i and i~ij k x
O i is the
quantal spin angular momentum operator, it is intriguing to interpret † field as
electromagnetic spin angular momentum.
For a single Fourier component, localised fields, D 0, and in the real-valued
representation of formula (2.3) on page 21, we find that
A
"0
Z
L field
D i d3x 0 Ei .x0 r /Ei (5.63a)
2! V 0
"0
Z
† field D i d3x 0 .E E/ (5.63b)
2! V 0
R
In addition to the conservation laws for energy, linear momentum and angular momentum, a
large number of other electromagnetic conservation laws can be derived. For instance, in
free space (vacuum) the following conservation law holds:
@ @E @B
E .r E/ C c 2 B .r B/ C r E C c2B
D0 (5.64)
@t @t @t
which can be easily shown by direct calculation based on the Maxwell-Lorentz equations.
FT
physics.
E ! cB (5.66a)
A
cB ! E (5.66b)
e m
c ! (5.66c)
m e
! c (5.66d)
e m
cj ! j (5.66e)
m e
R
j ! cj (5.66f)
which leaves the symmetrised Maxwell equations, and hence the physics they
describe (often referred to as electromagnetodynamics), invariant. Since E and
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 94. of 252
j e are true (polar) vectors, B a pseudovector (axial vector), e a (true) scalar, then
m and , which behaves as a mixing angle in a two-dimensional ‘charge space’,
must be pseudoscalars and j m a pseudovector.
The invariance of Dirac’s symmetrised Maxwell equations under the similar-
ity transformation means that the amount of magnetic monopole density m is
irrelevant for the physics as long as the ratio m =e D tan is kept constant. So
whether we assume that the particles are only electrically charged or have also
a magnetic charge with a given, fixed ratio between the two types of charges
is a matter of convention, as long as we assume that this fraction is the same
for all particles. Such particles are referred to as dyons. By varying the mix-
ing angle we can change the fraction of magnetic monopoles at will without
changing the laws of electrodynamics. For D 0 we recover the usual Maxwell
FT
electrodynamics as we know it.
1 1 @
r ?B D r . E sin C B cos / .E cos C cB sin /
c 2 @t c c 2 @t
1 1 @B 1 @E
D 0 j m sin C cos C 0 j e cos C 2 cos
c c @t c @t
(5.71)
1 @E 1 @B
2 @t
cos sin
c c @t
1 m
D 0 j sin C j e cos D 0 ?j e
c
QED
Explicit application of the fixed mixing angle conditions on the duality transformation (5.67)
on page 71 yields
? e 1 1
D e cos C m sin D e cos C ce tan sin
c c (5.73a)
1 1 e
D .e cos2 C e sin2 / D
cos cos
FT
? m
D ce sin C ce tan cos D ce sin C ce sin D 0 (5.73b)
? e 1 1 e
j D j e cos C j e tan sin D .j e cos2 C j e sin2 / D j (5.73c)
cos cos
? m
j D cj e sin C cj e tan cos D cj e sin C cj e sin D 0 (5.73d)
Hence, a fixed mixing angle, or, equivalently, a fixed ratio between the electric and magnetic
charges or currents, ‘hides’ the magnetic monopole influence (m and j m ) on the dynamic
equations.
We notice that the inverse of the transformation given by equation (5.67) on page 71 yields
A
E D ?E cos c ?B sin (5.74)
and
D
r ?B D 0 ?m D 0 (5.77)
so that
1 e e
r ED cos 0D (5.78)
cos "0 "0
while
?
G ?G D G Ge 2i
(5.81)
FT
Furthermore, assuming that D .t; x/, we see that the spatial and temporal differentiation
of ?G leads to
@?G
@ t ?G D i.@ t /e i G C e i @ t G (5.82a)
@t
@ ?G r ?G D ie i r G C e i r G (5.82b)
? ? i i
@ G r G D ie r G C e r G (5.82c)
Use this postulate and Dirac’s symmetrised form of Maxwell’s equations to derive Faraday’s
law.
The assumption of the existence of magnetic charges suggests a Coulomb-like law for
magnetic fields:
x x0
0 0 1
Z Z
Bstat .x/ D d3x 0 m .x0 / D d3 0 m 0
x .x /r
4 V 0 jx x0 j3 4 V 0 jx x0 j
(5.83)
0 m .x0 /
Z
D r d3x 0
4 V0 jx x0 j
[cf. equation (1.7) on page 4 for Estat ] and, if magnetic currents exist, a Biot-Savart-like law
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 97. of 252
x0
0 0 1
Z Z
x
Estat .x/ D d3x 0 j m .x0 / D d3x 0 j m .x0 / r
4 V0 jx x0 j3 4 V0 jx x0 j
0 j m .x0 /
Z
D r d3x 0
4 V0 jx x0 j
(5.84)
Taking the curl of the latter and using the operator ‘bac-cab’ rule, formula (F.95) on page 194,
we find that
0
m 0
3 0 j .x /
Z
stat
r E .x/ D r r dx D
4 V0 jx x0 j
0 1 0 1
Z Z
D d3x 0 j m .x0 /r 2 d3 0 m 0
x Œj .x / r 0
r 0
4 V 0 jx x0 j 4 V 0 jx x0 j
FT
(5.85)
Comparing with equation (1.20) on page 8 for Estat and the evaluation of the integrals there,
we obtain
Z
r Estat .x/ D 0 d3x 0 j m .x0 / ı.x x0 / D 0 j m .x/ (5.86)
V0
It is intriguing to note that if we assume that formula (5.84) is valid also for time-varying
magnetic currents, then, with the use of the representation of the Dirac delta function,
equation (F.117) on page 195, the equation of continuity for magnetic charge, equation (1.52)
on page 16, and the assumption of the generalisation of equation (5.83) on the preceding
A
page to time-dependent magnetic charge distributions, we obtain, at least formally,
Z
r E.t; x/ D 0 d3x 0 j m .t; x0 /ı.x x0 /
V0
0 @ 1
Z
d3x 0 m .t; x0 /r 0 (5.87)
4 @t V 0 jx x0 j
R
@
D 0 j m .t; x/ B.t; x/
@t
[cf. equation (1.26) on page 10] which we recognise as equation (1.50b) on page 16. A
transformation of this electromagnetodynamic result by rotating into the ‘electric realm’ of
charge space, thereby letting j m tend to zero, yields the electrodynamic equation (1.50b) on
page 16, i.e., the Faraday law in the ordinary Maxwell equations. This process would also
D
5.4 Bibliography
[31] J. D. JACKSON, Classical Electrodynamics, third ed., John Wiley & Sons, Inc.,
New York, NY . . . , 1999, ISBN 0-471-30932-X.
[34] F. ROHRLICH, Classical Charged Particles, third ed., World Scientific Publishing Co.
Pte. Ltd., New Jersey, London, Singapore, . . . , 2007, ISBN 0-201-48300-9.
FT
Electrodynamics, Perseus Books, Reading, MA, 1998, ISBN 0-7382-0056-5.
6
RADIATION AND RADIATING
SYSTEMS
FT
In Chapter 3 we were able to derive general expressions for the scalar and
vector potentials from which we later (in Chapter 4) derived exact analytic
expressions for the total electric and magnetic fields generated by completely
arbitrary distributions of charge and current sources at that are located in regions
which are not moving. The only limitation in the calculation of the fields was that
A
the advanced potentials were discarded on—admittedly weak—physical grounds.
In Chapter 5 we showed that the electromagnetic energy, linear momentum,
and angular momentum are all conserved quantities and in this chapter we will
show that these quantities can be radiated all the way to infinity and therefore
be used for wireless communications over long distances and for observing very
R
remote objects in Nature, including electromagnetic radiation sources in the
Universe. Radiation processes are irreversible in that the radiation does not return
to the radiator but is detached from it forever. However, the radiation can, of
course, be sensed by other charges and currents that are located in free space,
possibly very far away from the sources. This is precisely what makes it possible
D
for our eyes to observe light from extremely distant stars and galaxies. This
consequence of Maxwell’s equations, with the displacement current included,
was verified experimentally by H E I N R I C H R U D O L F H E R T Z about twenty years
after Maxwell had made his theoretical predictions. Hertz’s experimental and
theoretical studies paved the way for radio and TV broadcasting, radar, wireless
communications, radio astronomy and a host of other applications in modern
society.
Thus, one can, at least in principle, calculate the radiated fields, flux of energy,
linear momentum and angular momentum, as well as other electromagnetic
77
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 100
. of 252
quantities for an arbitrary charge and current density Fourier component of the
source and then add these Fourier components together to construct the complete
electromagnetic field at any time at any point in space. However, in practice, it
is often difficult to evaluate the source integrals unless the current has a simple
distribution in space. In the general case, one has to resort to approximations. We
shall consider both these situations.
FT
contributions to the E and B fields are purely transverse and fall off as 1=r. Hence,
at large distances r, the dominating component of the Poynting vector, Sfar , falls
off as 1=r 2 and is purely radial there. Consequently, when Sfar is integrated over
a large spherical shell (centred on the source) for which the directed area element
is d2x nO D r 2 d rO [cf. formula (F.51) on page 192], the total integrated power,
as given by the surface integral in equation (5.29) on page 65, tends to a constant
at infinity, showing that energy U field and electromagnetic linear momentum pfield
is carried all the way to infinity and is irreversibly lost there. This means that the
pfield and U field can be transmitted over extremely long distances. The force action
(time rate of change of pfield ) on charges in one region in space can therefore
A
cause a force action on charges in a another region in space. Today’s wireless
communication technology, be it classical or quantal, is based almost exclusively
on the utilisation of this translational degree of freedom of the charges (currents)
and the fields.
Let us consider the linear momentum and energy that is carried in the far fields
R
Bfar , equation (4.41), and Efar , equation (4.42) on page 56. Signals with limited
lifetime and hence finite frequency bandwidth have to be analysed differently
from monochromatic signals.
1 1 1
Re fE B g D Re E! e i!t .B! e i!t
˚
hSi D hE Bi D /
0 20 20
1 1
Re E! B! e i!t e i!t D Re fE! B! g
˚
D
20 20
(6.1)
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 101
. of 252
From formula (F.50) on page 192 and formula (F.51) on page 192 we see that
d2x D jx x0 j2 d D jx x0 j2 sin d d'
We also note from Figure 4.1 on page 54 that kO and nO are nearly parallel. Hence,
we can approximate
kO d2x nO d2x
2
kO nO d kO nO d (6.2)
jx x0 j jx x0 j2
Using the far-field approximations (4.43a) and (4.43b) for the fields and the
p
fact that 1=c D "0 0 , and also introducing the characteristic impedance of
vacuum
r
def 0
R0 376:7 (6.3)
"0
FT
for the vacuum resistance R0 , we obtain
ˇZ ˇ2
˝ far ˛ 1 1 ˇ d3x 0 .j! k/e
ˇ ˇ x
ik.x0 x0 / ˇ x0
S D 2
R0 2 ˇ jx (6.4)
32 jx x0 j ˇ V 0 x0 j
Consequently, the amount of power per unit solid angle d that flows across an
infinitesimal surface element r 2 d D jx x0 j2 d of a large spherical shell
with its origin at x0 and enclosing all sources, is
ˇZ ˇ2
dP 1 ˇ 3 0 ik.x0 x0 / ˇ
ˇ
D 2
R0 ˇ d x .j! k/e
ˇ (6.5)
d 32 V0
ˇ
A
This formula is valid far away from the sources and shows that the radiated
power is given by an expression wich is resistance (R0 ) times the square of the
supplied current (the integrated current density j! ), as expected. We note that
the emitted power is independent of distance and is therefore carried all the way
to infinity. The possibility to transmit electromagnetic power over large distances,
R
even in vacuum, is the physical foundation for the extermely important wireless
communications technology. Besides determining the strength of the radiated
power, the integral in formula (6.5) also determines the angular distribution.
A signal with finite pulse width in time (t ) domain has a certain spread in
frequency (!) domain. To calculate the total radiated energy we need to integrate
over the whole bandwidth. The total energy transmitted through a unit area is the
time integral of the Poynting vector:
Z 1 Z 1
1
dt S.t / D dt .E B/
1 0 1
Z 1 Z 1 Z 1 (6.6)
1 0 i.!C! 0 /t
D d! d! dt .E! B! 0 / e
0 1 1 1
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 102
. of 252
If we carry out the temporal integration first and use the fact that
Z 1
i.!C! 0 /t
dt e D 2ı.! C ! 0 / (6.7)
1
equation (6.6) on the previous page can be written [cf. Parseval’s identity]
1 1
2
Z Z
dt S.t / D d! .E! B !/
1 0 1
Z 1 0
2
Z
D d! .E! B !/ C d! .E! B !/
0
Z0 1 1
1
2
Z
D d! .E! B !/ d! .E! B !/
0
Z0 1 0
1
(6.8)
FT
2
Z
D d! .E! B !/ C d! .E ! B! /
0 0 0
1
2
Z
D d! .E! B ! CE ! B! /
0
Z0 1
2
D d! .E! B! C E! B! /
0 0
Inserting the approximations (4.33) and (6.2) into equation (6.9), introducing
R
the spectral energy density U! via the definition
Z 1
def
U d!U! (6.10)
0
ˇZ ˇ2
dU! 1 ik.x0 x0 / ˇ
R0 ˇˇ d3x 0 .j! k/e
ˇ ˇ
d! ˇ d! (6.11)
d 4 V0
FT
In the general case, and when we are interested in evaluating the radiation far
from a source at rest and which is localised in a small volume, we can introduce
an approximation which leads to a multipole expansion where individual terms
can be evaluated analytically. Here we use Hertz’s method , which focuses on the
physics rather than the mathematics, to obtain this expansion.
(6.12)
where
Z
q.t/ D d3x 0 .tret
0
; x0 / (6.13a)
V0
where
jx x0 j
FT
Const D (6.15)
c
0
Hence the transformation between t and tret is a trivial. In the subsequent analysis
0 0
in this Subsection we shall use t to denote this approximate tret .
For a normal medium, the major contributions to the electrostatic interactions
come from the net charge and the lowest order electric multipole moments induced
by the polarisation due to an applied electric field. Particularly important is the
dipole moment. Let P denote the electric dipole moment density (electric dipole
moment per unit volume; unit: C m 2 ), also known as the electric polarisation,
A
in some medium. In analogy with the second term in the expansion equation
(6.12) on the preceding page, the electric potential from this volume distribution
P .t; x0 / of electric dipole moments d at the source point x0 can be written
1 x x0
Z
d .t; x/ D d3x 0 P .t 0 ; x0 /
4"0 V 0 jx x0 j3
R
1 1
Z
D d3x 0 P .t 0 ; x0 / r (6.16)
4"0 V 0 jx x0 j
1 1
Z
3 0 0 0 0
D d x P .t ; x / r
4"0 V 0 jx x0 j
Using expression (M.101) on page 216 and applying the divergence theorem, we
D
where the first term, which describes the effects of the induced, non-cancelling
dipole moment on the surface of the volume, can be neglected, unless there is a
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 105
. of 252
discontinuity in nO P at the surface. Doing so, we find that the contribution from
the electric dipole moments to the potential is given by
1 r 0 P .t 0 ; x0 /
Z
d .t; x/ D d3x 0 (6.18)
4"0 V 0 jx x0 j
Comparing this expression with expression equation (3.49a) on page 39for the
potential from a charge distribution .t; x/, we see that r P .t; x/ has the
characteristics of a charge density and that, to the lowest order, the effective
charge density becomes .t; x/ r P .t; x/, in which the second term is a
polarisation term that we call pol .t; x/.
pol D r P
FT
In Section 6.3.1 we introduced the electric polarisation P .t; x/ such that the
(6.19)
If we adopt the same idea for the ‘true’ charge density due to free charges and
introduce a vector field .t; x/, analogous to P .t; x/, but such that
A
true D r (6.20a)
which means that the associated ‘polarisation current’ now is the true current:
@
D j true (6.20b)
R
@t
As a consequence, the equation of continuity for ‘true’ charges and currents [cf.
expression (1.25) on page 10] is satisfied:
@true .t; x/ @ @
C r j true .t; x/ D r Cr D0 (6.21)
@t @t @t
D
The vector is called the polarisation vector because, formally, it treats also the
‘true’ (free) charges as polarisation charges. Since in the microscopic Maxwell-
Lorentz equation (2.1a) on page 20, the charge density must include all charges,
we can write this equation
true C pol r r P
r ED D D (6.22)
"0 "0 "0
i.e., in a form where all the charges are considered to be polarisation charges.
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 106
. of 252
r …e D
1 @…
c 2 @t
e
DA
FT (6.23a)
(6.23b)
where and A are the electromagnetic scalar and vector potentials, respectively.
As we see, …e acts as a ‘super-potential ’ in the sense that it is a potential
from which we can obtain other potentials. It is called the Hertz vector or
polarisation potential . Requiring that the scalar and vector potentials and A,
A
respectively, satisfy their inhomogeneous wave equations, equations (3.29) on
page 35, one finds, using (6.20) and (6.23), that the Hertz vector must satisfy the
inhomogeneous wave equation
1 @2 e
R
2 …e D … r 2 …e D (6.24)
c 2 @t 2 "0
Assume that the source region is a limited volume around some central point
x0 far away from the field (observation) point x illustrated in Figure 6.1. Under
these assumptions, we can expand the Hertz vector, expression (6.29) on the
D
0
facing page, due to the presence of non-vanishing .tret ; x0 / in the vicinity of x0 ,
in a formal series. For this purpose we recall from potential theory that
0 0
e ikjx x j e ikj.x x0 / .x x0 /j
jx x0 j j.x x0 / .x0 x0 /j
X1
.2n C 1/Pn .cos ‚/jn .k ˇx0 x0 ˇ/h.1/
ˇ ˇ
D ik n .k jx x0 j/
nD0
(6.25)
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 107
. of 252
h.1/
n .k jx x0 j/ is the spherical Hankel function of the first kind of order n
FT
mD n
where Pnm is an associated Legendre polynomial of the first kind , related to the
spherical harmonic Ynm as
s
2n C 1 .n m/Š m
Ynm .; '/ D P .cos / e im'
4 .n C m/Š n
x0 x0 D .ˇx0 x0 ˇ ; 0 ; ' 0 /
ˇ ˇ
(6.27a)
A
x x0 D .jx x0 j ; ; '/ (6.27b)
This equation is of the same type as equation (3.32) on page 36, and has
therefore the retarded solution
0
1 ; x0 /
Z
.tret
…e .t; x/ D d3x 0 (6.28)
R
4"0 V 0 jx x0 j
with Fourier components
x0 j
1 ! .x0 /e ikjx
Z
…e! .x/ D d3x 0 (6.29)
4"0 V 0 jx x0 j
D
C D r …e (6.30)
we see that we can calculate the magnetic and electric fields, respectively, as
follows
1 @C
BD (6.31a)
c 2 @t
EDr C (6.31b)
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 108
. of 252
Clearly, the last equation is valid only if r E D 0 i.e., if we are outside the
source volume. Since we are mainly interested in the fields in the so called far
zone, a long distance from the source region, this is no essential limitation.
Inserting equation (6.25) on page 84, together with formula (6.26) on the
preceding page, into equation (6.29) on the previous page, we can in a formally
exact way expand the Fourier component of the Hertz vector as
1 n
ik X X
…e! D .2n C 1/. 1/m h.1/n .k jx x0 j/ Pnm .cos / e im'
4"0 nD0 mD n
Z
0
d3x 0 ! .x0 / jn .k ˇx0 x0 ˇ/ Pn m .cos 0 / e im'
ˇ ˇ
V0
(6.32)
FT
We notice that there is no dependence on x x0 inside the integral; the integrand
is only dependent on the relative source vector x0 x0 .
We are interested in the case where the field point is many wavelengths away
from the well-localised sources, i.e., when the following inequalities
k ˇx0 x0 ˇ 1 k jx x0 j
ˇ ˇ
(6.33)
nD0
where
1 e ikjx x0 j 2n nŠ
…e!.n/ D . i/n
4"0 jx x0 j .2n/Š
Z
d3x 0 ! .x0 / .k ˇx0 x0 ˇ/n Pn .cos ‚/ (6.36b)
ˇ ˇ
V0
d rO
x2
'
FT
x1
Hankel and Bessel functions used above may not be consistent and must be
replaced by more accurate expressions. Furthermore, asymptotic expansions as
the one used in equation (6.34) on page 86 are not unique.
Taking the inverse Fourier transform of …e! will yield the Hertz vector in
time domain, which inserted into equation (6.30) on page 85 will yield C. The
A
resulting expression can then in turn be inserted into equations (6.31) on page 85
in order to obtain the radiation fields.
For a linear source distribution along the polar axis, ‚ D in expression
(6.36b) on the preceding page, and Pn .cos / gives the angular distribution of the
radiation. In the general case, however, the angular distribution must be computed
with the help of formula (6.26) on page 85. Let us now study the lowest order
R
contributions to the expansion of the Hertz vector.
e ikjx x0 j 1 e ikjx x0 j
Z
e .0/
…! D d3x 0 ! .x0 / D d! (6.37)
4"0 jx x0 j V 0 4"0 jx x0 j
Since represents a dipole moment density for the ‘true’ charges (in the same
vein as P does so for the polarised charges), d! D V 0 d3x 0 ! .x0 / is, by defini-
R
[cf. equation (6.13b) on page 81]. If a spherical coordinate system is chosen with
its polar axis along d! as in Figure 6.2 on the previous page, the components of
…e!.0/ are
def 1 e ikjx x0 j
…er …e!.0/ rO D d! cos (6.39a)
4"0 jx x0 j
def 1 e ikjx x0 j
…e …e!.0/ ™O D d! sin (6.39b)
4"0 jx x0 j
def
…e' …e!.0/ ®
O D0 (6.39c)
Evaluating formula (6.30) on page 85 for the help vector C, with the spherically
polar components (6.39) of …e!.0/ inserted, we obtain
FT e ikjx x0 j
.0/ 1 1
C! D C!;' O D
® ik O
d! sin ® (6.40)
4"0 jx x0 j jx x0 j
Applying this to equations (6.31) on page 85, we obtain directly the Fourier
components of the fields
ikjx x0 j
!0 1 e
B! D i ik O
d! sin ® (6.41a)
4 jx x0 j jx x0 j
A
"
1 1 ik x x0
E! D 2 2
cos
4"0 jx x0 j jx x 0j jx x0 j
#
e ikjx x0 j
1 ik
C 2
k sin ™O
2
d!
jx x0 j jx x0 j jx x0 j
R
(6.41b)
Keeping only those parts of the fields which dominate at large distances (the
radiation fields) and recalling that the wave vector k D k.x x0 /= jx x0 j
where k D !=c, we can now write down the Fourier components of the radiation
D
These fields constitute the electric dipole radiation, also known as E1 radiation.
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 111
. of 252
BLinear and angular momenta radiated from an electric dipole in vacuum E X A M P L E 6.1
The Fourier amplitudes of the fields generated by an electric dipole, d! , oscillating at
the angular frequency !, are given by formulæ (6.41) on the facing page. Inverse Fourier
transforming to the time domain, and using a spherical coordinate system .r; ; '/, the
physically observable fields are found to be
!0 1 0 k 0
B.t; x/ D d! sin sin.kr !t / cos.kr !t / ® O (6.43a)
4 r2 r
!
1 1 0 k 0 k2 0
E.t; x/ D dw sin cos.kr !t / C 2 sin.kr !t / cos.kr !t / ™O
4"0 r3 r r
1 1 0 k 0
C dw cos cos.kr !t / C sin.kr !t / rO (6.43b)
2"0 r3 r2
FT
Applying formula (5.39) on page 66 for the electromagnetic linear momentum density to the
fields from a pure electric dipole, equations (6.43), one obtains
!0 2 1
gfield D "0 E B D 2
d! sin cos sin.kr !t 0 / cos.kr !t 0 /
8 r5
k2
k
C 4 sin2 .kr !t 0 / cos2 .kr !t 0 / sin.kr !t 0
/ cos.kr !t 0 O
/ ™
r r3
!0 2 2 1
C 2
d! sin 5 sin.kr !t 0 / cos.kr !t 0 /
16 r
k 2 k2
C 4 sin .kr !t 0 / cos2 .kr !t 0 / 2 3 sin.kr !t 0 / cos.kr !t 0 /
A
r r
k3
C 2 cos2 .kr !t 0 / rO (6.44)
r
k2 k3
2 3 sinŒ2.kr !t 0 / C 2 1 C cosŒ2.kr !t 0 / rO
(6.45)
r r
which shows that the linear momentum density, and hence the Poynting vector, is strictly
radial only at infinity.
Applying formula (5.51) on page 68 for the electromagnetic angular momentum density
with the momentum point chosen as x0 D 0, i.e.,
and using equation (6.45), we find that for a pure electric dipole
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 112
. of 252
!0 2 1
h field
D d sin cos 4 sin.kr !t 0 / cos.kr !t 0 /
8 2 ! r
k2
k
C 3 sin2 .kr !t 0 / cos2 .kr !t 0 / sin.kr !t 0 / cos.kr !t 0 / ®O
r r2
(6.47)
or
!0 2 1
h field
D d sin cos 4 sinŒ2.kr !t 0 /
16 2 ! r
k2
k
2 cosŒ2.kr !t 0 / sinŒ2.kr !t 0 / ®O (6.48)
r3 r2
The total electromagnetic linear momentum is (cf. formula (5.45b) on page 67)
FT
Z
pfield D d3x 0 gfield .t 0 ; x0 / (6.49)
V0
and the total electromagnetic angular momentum is (cf. formula (5.57b) on page 69)
Z
J field D d3x 0 hfield .t 0 ; x0 / (6.50)
V0
In order to get a total net J field , it is convenient to superimpose several individual dipoles of
(possibly) different strengths and relative phases. Perhaps the most common configuration
yielding a total net J field is two orthogonal co-located dipoles with =2 phase shift between
them.
A
We note that in the far zone the linear and angular momentum densities tend to
!0 2 k 3
gfield,far .t; x/ d sin2 cos2 .kr !t 0 /Or
16 2 ! r 2
!0 2 k 3
sin2 1 C cosŒ2.kr !t 0 / rO
D d (6.51)
32 2 ! r 2
R
and
!0 2 k 2
hfield,far .t; x/ d sin cos sin.kr !t 0 / cos.kr !t 0 /®
O
8 2 ! r 2
!0 2 k 2
D d sin cos sinŒ2.kr !t 0 /®
O
D
16 2 ! r 2
(6.52)
respectively. I.e., to leading order, both the linear momentum density gfield and the angular
momentum density hfield fall off as 1=r 2 far away from the source region. This means
that when they are integrated over a spherical surface / r 2 located at a large distance from
the source [cf. the last term in the LHS of formula (5.29) on page 65], there is a net flux so
that the integrated momenta do not fall off with distance and can therefore be transported all
the way to infinity.
e ikjx x0 j
Z
…e!.1/ D i d3x 0 k ˇx0 x0 ˇ ! .x0 / cos ‚
ˇ ˇ
4"0 jx x0 j V 0
(6.53)
1 e ikjx x0 j
Z
3 0 0 0
D ik d x Œ.x x0 / .x x0 / ! .x /
4"0 jx x0 j2 V 0
FT
and introducing
i D xi x0;i (6.55a)
0i D xi0 x0;i (6.55b)
1
x0 / .x0 x0 / ! .x0 /gj D i !;j 0i C !;i j0
fŒ.x
2 (6.56)
1
A
C i !;j 0i !;i j0
2
i.e., as the sum of two parts, the first being symmetric and the second antisym-
metric in the indices i; j . We note that the antisymmetric part can be written
as
R
1 1
i !;j 0i !;i j0 D Œ!;j .i 0i / j0 .i !;i /
2 2
1
D Œ! . 0 / 0 . ! /j (6.57)
2
1˚
.x x0 / Œ! .x0 x0 / j
D
2
D
The utilisation of equations (6.20) on page 83, and the fact that we are consid-
ering a single Fourier component,
i!t
.t; x/ D ! e (6.58)
allow us to express ! in j! as
j!
! D i (6.59)
!
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 114
. of 252
Hence, we can write the antisymmetric part of the integral in formula (6.53) on
the preceding page as
1
Z
.x x0 / d3x 0 ! .x0 / .x0 x0 /
2 V0
1
Z
D i .x x0 / d3x 0 j! .x0 / .x0 x0 / (6.60)
2! V0
1
D i .x x0 / m!
!
where we introduced the Fourier transform of the magnetic dipole moment
1
Z
m! D d3x 0 .x0 x0 / j! .x0 / (6.61)
2 V0
FT
The final result is that the antisymmetric, magnetic dipole, part of …e!.1/ can
be written
.1/ k e ikjx x0 j
…e,! antisym D .x x0 / m! (6.62)
4"0 ! jx x0 j2
In analogy with the electric dipole case, we insert this expression into equation
(6.30) on page 85 to evaluate C, with which equations (6.31) on page 85 then
gives the B and E fields. Discarding, as before, all terms belonging to the near
fields and transition fields and keeping only the terms that dominate at large
A
distances, we obtain
0 e ikjx x0 j
B!far .x/ D .m! k/ k (6.63a)
4 jx x0 j
k e ikjx x0 j
Efar
! .x/ D m! k (6.63b)
4"0 c jx x0 j
R
which are the fields of the magnetic dipole radiation (M1 radiation).
e, sym .1/
The symmetric part …! of the n D 1 contribution in the equation (6.36b)
on page 86 for the expansion of the Hertz vector can be expressed in terms of the
electric quadrupole tensor, which is defined in accordance with equation (6.13c)
on page 82:
Z
Q.t; x0 / D d3x 0 .x0 x0 /.x0 x0 /.tret
0
; x0 / (6.64)
V0
Again we use this expression in equation (6.30) on page 85 to calculate the fields
via equations (6.31) on page 85. Tedious, but fairly straightforward algebra
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 115
. of 252
(which we will not present here), yields the resulting fields. The components of
the fields that dominate in the far field zone (wave zone) are given by
i0 ! e ikjx x0 j
B!far .x/ D .k Q! / k (6.65a)
8 jx x0 j
i e ikjx x0 j
Efar
! .x/ D Œ.k Q! / k k (6.65b)
8"0 jx x0 j
FT
Certain radiating systems have a symmetric geometry or are in any other way
simple enough that a direct (semi-)analytic calculation of the radiated fields and
energy is possible. This is for instance the case when the radiating current flows
in a finite, conducting medium of simple geometry at rest such as in a stationary
antenna.
Choosing our coordinate system such that the x3 axis is along the antenna
axis, the antenna current can be represented, in complex notation, by j.t 0 ; x0 / D
ı.x10 /ı.x20 /J.t 0 ; x30 / x
O 3 (measured in A m 2) where J.t 0 ; x30 / is the current (mea-
sured in A) along the antenna wire. Since we can assume that the antenna wire
is infinitely thin, the antenna current must vanish at the endpoints L=2 and
L=2. At the midpoint, where the antenna is fed across a very short gap in the
conducting wire, the antenna current is, of course, equal to the supplied current.
For each Fourier frequency component !0 , the antenna current J.t 0 ; x30 / can
be written as I.x30 / exp. i!0 t 0 / so that the antenna current density can be repre-
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 116
. of 252
FT
sented as j.t 0 ; x0 / D j0 .x0 / exp. i!0 t 0 / [cf. equations (4.6) on page 47] where
and where the spatially varying Fourier amplitude I.x30 / of the antenna current
fulfils the time-independent wave equation (Helmholtz equation)
d2 I
C k 2 I.x30 / D 0 ; I. L=2/ D I.L=2/ D 0 ; I.0/ D I0 (6.67)
dx302
This equation has the well-known solution
A
sinŒk.L=2 ˇx30 ˇ/
ˇ ˇ
0
I.x3 / D I0 (6.68)
sin.kL=2/
where I0 is the amplitude of the antenna current (measured in A), assumed to be
constant and supplied by the generator/transmitter at the antenna feed point (in
R
our case the midpoint of the antenna wire) and 1= sin.kL=2/ is a normalisation
factor. The antenna current forms a standing wave as indicated in Figure 6.3.
When the antenna is short we can approximate the current distribution formula
(6.68) by the first term in its Taylor expansion, i.e., by I0 .1 2jx30 j=L/. For a
half-wave antenna (L D =2 , kL D ) formula (6.68) above simplifies to
D
I0 cos.kx30 /. Hence, in the most general case of a straight, infinitely thin antenna
of finite, arbitrary length L directed along the x30 axis, the Fourier amplitude of
the antenna current density is
ˇ 0ˇ
sinŒk.L=2 ˇx ˇ/
3
j0 .x0 / D I0 ı.x10 /ı.x20 / O3
x (6.69)
sin.kL=2/
For a half-wave dipole antenna (L D =2), the antenna current density is simply
kO
j! .x0 /
x2
'
FT
x1
L
2
V0
ˇ ˇ
ˇZ L ˇ 0ˇ ˇ2
ˇ 2 sinŒk.L=2 ˇx ˇ/ 0
ˇ
3
Dˇ dx30 I0 k sin e ikx3 cos e ikx0 cos ˇ
ˇ ˇ
ˇ L
2
sin.kL=2/ ˇ
ˇ Z L ˇ2
2 2
k sin ˇ ˇ2 ˇ 2
ˇ
D I02 2 L ˇe ikx0 cos ˇ ˇ2 dx30 sin.kL=2 kx30 / cos.kx30 cos /ˇ
ˇ ˇ ˇ ˇ
sin .k 2 / ˇ 0 ˇ
cosŒ.kL=2/ cos cos.kL=2/ 2
D 4I02
sin sin.kL=2/
(6.73)
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 118
. of 252
FT
Rrad .L/ D 2
D 1 2 D R0 197 (6.76)
Ieff I
2 0
6
D du D 1 C u !
2 1 .1 C u/
Z 2
1 1 cos v 1
D dv D Œ
C ln 2 Ci.2/
2 0 v 2
1:22
(6.78)
where in the last step the Euler-Mascheroni constant
D 0:5772 : : : and the
cosine integral Ci.x/ were introduced. Inserting this into the expression equation
(6.77) we obtain the value Rrad .=2/ 73 .
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 119
. of 252
kO
x2
zO 0
j! .x0 / '
x0
FT
x1 O0
®
'0
¡O 0
According to equation (4.43a) on page 56 the Fourier component of the radiation part of the
magnetic field generated by an extended, monochromatic current source is
i0 e ikjxj
Z
ikx0
far
B! D d3x 0 e j! k (6.79)
4 jxj V0
R
In our case the generator produces a single frequency ! and we feed the antenna across
a small gap where the loop crosses the positive x1 axis. The circumference of the loop is
chosen to be exactly one wavelength D 2c=!. This means that the antenna current
oscillates in the form of a sinusoidal standing current wave around the circular loop with a
Fourier amplitude
D
For the spherical coordinate system of the field point, we recall from Subsection F.4.1 on
page 192 that the following relations between the base vectors hold:
and
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 120
. of 252
With the use of the above transformations and trigonometric identities, we obtain for the
cylindrical coordinate system which describes the source:
¡O 0 D cos ' 0 x
O 1 C sin ' 0 x
O2
(6.81)
D sin cos.' 0 '/Or C cos cos.' 0 '/™O C sin.' 0 O
'/®
O0 D
® sin ' 0 x
O 1 C cos ' 0 x
O2
(6.82)
D sin sin.' 0 '/Or cos sin.' 0 '/™O C cos.' 0 O
'/®
zO 0 D x
O 3 D cos rO sin ™O (6.83)
FT
This choice of coordinate systems means that k D k rO and x0 D a¡O 0 so that
and
O 0 k D kŒcos.' 0
® '/™O C cos sin.' 0 O
'/® (6.85)
With these expressions inserted, recalling that in cylindrical coordinates d3x 0 D 0 d0 d' 0 dz 0 ,
the source integral becomes
Z Z 2
ikx0 ika sin cos.' 0 '/
d3x 0 e d' 0 e I0 cos ' 0 ®
O0 k
A
j! k D a
V0 0
Z 2
ika sin cos.' 0 '/
D I0 ak e cos.' 0 '/ cos ' 0 d' 0 ™O (6.86)
0
Z 2
ika sin cos.' 0 '/
C I0 ak cos e sin.' 0 '/ cos ' 0 d' 0 ®
O
0
R
Utilising the periodicity of the integrands over the integration interval Œ0; 2, introducing
the auxiliary integration variable ' 00 D ' 0 ', and utilising standard trigonometric identities,
the first integral in the RHS of (6.86) can be rewritten
Z 2
i ka sin cos ' 00
e cos ' 00 cos.' 00 C '/ d' 00
0
D
Z 2
i ka sin cos ' 00
D cos ' e cos2 ' 00 d' 00 C a vanishing integral
0
Z 2
1 1
i ka sin cos ' 00
D cos ' e C cos 2' 00 d' 00 (6.87)
0 2 2
1
Z 2
i ka sin cos ' 00
D cos ' e d' 00
2 0
1
Z 2
i ka sin cos ' 00
C cos ' e cos.2' 00 / d' 00
2 0
Z 2
i ka sin cos ' 00
e sin ' 00 cos.' 00 C '/ d' 00
0
1
Z 2
i ka sin cos ' 00
D sin ' e d' 00 (6.88)
2 0
1
Z 2
i ka sin cos ' 00
sin ' e cos 2' 00 d' 00
2 0
Jn . / D . 1/n Jn ./
i n i cos ' i n 2 (6.89)
Z Z
i cos '
Jn . / D e cos n' d' D e cos n' d'
0 2 0
FT
Z 2
i ka sin cos ' 00
e d' 00 D 2J0 .ka sin /
0
Z 2
(6.90)
i ka sin cos ' 00 00 00
e cos 2' d' D 2J2 .ka sin /
0
!t 0 /
( )
i0 e .ikr
Bfar .t; x/ D Re I ™O C I' ®
O
4 r
D
0
D sin.kr !t 0 / I ™O C I' ®O
4 r (6.93)
I0 ak0
D sin.kr !t 0 / cos ' ŒJ0 .ka sin / J2 .ka sin / ™O
4r
O
C cos sin ' ŒJ0 .ka sin / C J2 .ka sin / ®
From this expression for the radiated B field, we can obtain the radiated E field with the help
of Maxwell’s equations.
0 0 0
1 3 0 tret ; x .tret /
Z
.t; x/ D dx 0 (6.94a)
4"0 V 0 jx.t/ x0 .tret /j
0 0
0 j tret ; x.tret /
Z
A.t; x/ D d3x 0 0 (6.94b)
4 V 0 jx.t/ x0 .tret /j
FT
and consider a source region with such a limited spatial extent that the charges
and currents are well localised. Specifically, we consider a charge q 0 , for instance
an electron, which, classically, can be thought of as a localised, unstructured and
rigid ‘charge distribution’ with a small, finite radius. The part of this ‘charge
distribution’ dq 0 which we are considering is located in dV 0 D d3x 0 in the sphere
in Figure 6.6 on the next page. Since we assume that the electron (or any other
other similar electric charge) moves with a velocity v 0 whose direction is arbitrary
and whose magnitude can even be comparable to the speed of light, we cannot
A
say that the charge and current to be used in (6.94) is V 0 d3x 0 .tret 0
; x0 / and
R
R 3 0 0 0
V 0 d x v .tret ; x /, respectively, because in the finite time interval during which
the observed signal is generated, part of the charge distribution will ‘leak’ out of
the volume element d3x 0 .
R
radius interval of this sphere from which radiation is received at the field point x
during the time interval .t 0 ; t 0 C dt 0 / is .r 0 ; r 0 C dr 0 / and the net amount of charge
in this radial interval is
.x x0 / v 0 .t 0 / 0 0
dq 0 D .tret
0
; x0 / dS 0 dr 0 0
.tret ; x0 / dS dt (6.95)
jx x0 j
where the last term represents the amount of ‘source leakage’ due to the fact that
the charge distribution moves with velocity v 0 .t 0 / D dx0 =dt 0 . Since dt 0 D dr 0 =c
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 123
. of 252
FT
c
and dS 0 dr 0 D d3x 0 we can rewrite the expression for the net charge as
.x x0 / v 0 3 0
dq 0 D .tret
0
; x0 / d3x 0 .tret
0
; x0 / dx
c jx x0 j
(6.96)
A
.x x0 / v 0
0 0
D .tret ; x / 1 d3x 0
c jx x0 j
or
0 dq 0
.tret ; x0 / d3x 0 D .x x0 /v 0
(6.97)
1
R
cjx x0 j
This is the expression to be used in the formulæ (6.94) on the facing page for the
retarded potentials. The result is (recall that j D v )
1 dq 0
Z
.t; x/ D 0 0 (6.99a)
4"0 jx x0 j .x xc /v
0 v 0 dq 0
Z
A.t; x/ D 0 0 (6.99b)
4 jx x0 j .x x /v c
For a sufficiently small and well localised charge distribution we can, assuming
that the integrands do not change sign in the integration volume, use the mean
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 124
. of 252
FT
jx x0 .t 0 /j c
0 0 0 0
x x .t / v .t /
D Œx x0 .t 0 / (6.101c)
jx x0 .t 0 /j c
is the retarded relative distance. The potentials (6.100) are the Liénard-Wiechert
1 These results were derived potentials.1 In Section 7.3.2 on page 139 we shall derive them in a more elegant
independently by A L F R E D -
M A R I E L I É N A R D in 1898 and
and general way by using a relativistically covariant formalism.
E M I L J O H A N N W I E C H E R T in It should be noted that in the complicated derivation presented above, the
1900. observer is in a coordinate system which has an ‘absolute’ meaning and the
velocity v 0 is that of the localised charge q 0 , whereas, as we shall see later in the
A
covariant derivation, two reference frames of equal standing are moving relative
to each other with v 0 .
The Liénard-Wiechert potentials are applicable to all problems where a spa-
tially localised charge in arbitrary motion emits electromagnetic radiation, and
we shall now study such emission problems. The electric and magnetic fields are
R
calculated from the potentials in the usual way:
x0 D x0 .t 0 / (6.103)
(in the interest of simplifying our notation, we drop the subscript ‘ret’ on t 0 from
now on). This means that we know the trajectory of the charge q 0 , i.e., x0 , for all
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 125
. of 252
x x0
0
x x
x.t /
dt 0
a0 .t 0 / D vP 0 .t 0 / D
dv 0
D
d2 x 0
FT
times up to the time t 0 at which a signal was emitted in order to precisely arrive
at the field point x at time t . Because of the finite speed of propagation of the
fields, the trajectory at times later than t 0 cannot be known at time t .
The retarded velocity and acceleration at time t 0 are given by
v 0 .t 0 / D
dx0
(6.104a)
(6.104b)
A
dt 0 dt 0 2
As for the charge coordinate x0 itself, we have in general no knowledge of the
velocity and acceleration at times later than t 0 , and definitely not at the time of
observation t ! If we choose the field point x as fixed, the application of (6.104)
to the relative vector x x0 yields
R
d
Œx x0 .t 0 / D v 0 .t 0 / (6.105a)
dt 0
d2
Œx x0 .t 0 / D vP 0 .t 0 / (6.105b)
dt 0 2
The retarded time t 0 can, at least in principle, be calculated from the implicit
D
relation
jx x0 .t 0 /j
t 0 D t 0 .t; x/ D t (6.106)
c
and we shall see later how this relation can be taken into account in the calcula-
tions.
According to formulæ (6.102) on the facing page, the electric and magnetic
fields are determined via differentiation of the retarded potentials at the obser-
vation time t and at the observation point x. In these formulæ the unprimed r ,
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 126
. of 252
FT
6.5.2.1 The differential operator method
We introduce the convention that a differential operator embraced by parentheses
with an index x or t means that the operator in question is applied at constant x
and t , respectively. With this convention, we find that
0
.x x0 / v 0 .t 0 /
@ ˇx x0 .t 0 /ˇ D x x @
ˇ ˇ 0 0
x x .t / D
@t 0 x jx x0 j @t 0 x jx x0 j
(6.107)
A
Furthermore, by applying the operator .@=@t/x to equation (6.106) on the preced-
ing page we find that
0
jx x0 .t 0 .t; x//j
@t @
D1
@t x @t c
x
jx x0 j
0
@ @t
R
D1 (6.108)
@t 0 x c @t x
.x x0 / v 0 .t 0 / @t 0
D1C
c jx x0 j @t x
0
@t jx x0 j jx x0 j
D 0 0 0 0
D (6.109)
@t x jx x j .x x / v .t /=c s
x0 .t 0 .t; x//j
jx x x0
.r / t t 0 D .r / t D .r / t .x x0 /
c c jx x0 j
(6.111)
x x0 .x x0 / v 0 .t 0 /
D 0
C .r / t t 0
c jx x j c jx x0 j
x x0
.r / t t 0 D (6.112)
cs
FT
function of t 0 and x:
x0
@ x @
.r / t D .r / t t 0
C .r / t 0 D C .r / t 0 (6.113)
@t 0 x cs @t 0 x
With the help of the rules (6.113) and (6.110) we are now able to replace t by t 0
in the operations that we need to perform. We find, for instance, that
1 q0
r .r / t D r
4"0 s
A
0 (6.114a)
x x0 v 0 .t 0 / x x0 @s
q
D
4"0 s 2 jx x0 j c cs @t 0 x
0 0 0
@A @A @ 0 q v .t /
D
@t @t x @t 4 s x
0 (6.114b)
q @s
R
0ˇ 0 0 0ˇ 0 0
ˇ ˇ ˇ ˇ
D 2 3
ˇ x x s vP .t / x x v .t /
ˇ
4"0 c s @t 0 x
Utilising these relations in the calculation of the E field from the Liénard-Wiechert
potentials, equations (6.100) on page 102, we obtain
D
@
E.t; x/ D r .t; x/ A.t; x/
@t
"
q0 Œx x0 .t 0 / jx x0 .t 0 /j v 0 .t 0 /=c
D 2 0
4"0 s .t ; x/ jx x0 .t 0 /j
(6.115)
Œx x0 .t 0 / jx x0 .t 0 /j v 0 .t 0 /=c @s.t 0 ; x/
cs.t 0 ; x/ @t 0 x
#
jx x0 .t 0 /j vP 0 .t 0 /
c2
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 128
. of 252
Starting from expression (6.101a) on page 102 for the retarded relative distance
s.t 0 ; x/, we see that we can evaluate .@s=@t 0 /x in the following way
ˇ .x x0 / v 0 .t 0 /
@s @ ˇ 0ˇ
D ˇ x x
@t 0 x @t 0 x c
@ ˇˇ
D 0 x x0 .t 0 /ˇ
ˇ
@t
(6.116)
1 @Œx x0 .t 0 / 0 0 @v 0 .t 0 /
0 0
v .t / C Œx x .t /
c @t 0 @t 0
0 0 0 0
.x x .t // v .t / 02 0
v .t / .x x .t // vP 0 .t 0 /
0 0
D C
jx x0 .t 0 /j c c
where equation (6.107) on page 104 and equations (6.104) on page 103, respec-
tively, were used. Hence, the electric field generated by an arbitrarily moving
FT
charged particle at x0 .t 0 / is given by the expression
q0 jx x0 .t 0 /j v 0 .t 0 / v 02 .t 0 /
0 0
E.t; x/ D Œx x .t / 1
4"0 s 3 .t 0 ; x/ c c2
„ ƒ‚ …
Coulomb field when v ! 0
q0 x x0 .t 0 / x0 .t 0 /j v 0 .t 0 /
jx
C Œx x0 .t 0 / vP 0 .t 0 /
4"0 s 3 .t 0 ; x/ c2 c
„ ƒ‚ …
Radiation (acceleration) field
(6.117)
The first part of the field, the velocity field , tends to the ordinary Coulomb field
A
when v 0 ! 0 and does not contribute to the radiation. The second part of the
field, the acceleration field , is radiated into the far zone and is therefore also
called the radiation field .
From Figure 6.7 on page 103 we see that the position the charged particle
would have had if at t 0 all external forces would have been switched off so that
R
the trajectory from then on would have been a straight line in the direction of
the tangent at x0 .t 0 / is x0 .t/, the virtual simultaneous coordinate. During the
arbitrary motion, we interpret x x0 .t/ as the coordinate of the field point x
relative to the virtual simultaneous coordinate x0 .t/. Since the time it takes for a
signal to propagate (in the assumed vacuum) from x0 .t 0 / to x is jx x0 j =c, this
D
FT
B.t; x/ D 0
.r / t
c jx x j @t x
0 0
(6.122)
x x .t /
D E.t; x/
c jx x0 .t 0 /j
The electric far field is obtained from the acceleration field in formula (6.117)
on the facing page as
Efar .t; x/ D lim E.t; x/
jx x0 j!1
0
x0 j v 0
q jx
D .x x0 / .x x0 / vP 0
4"0 c 2 s 3 c
A
q0
D Œx x0 .t 0 / fŒx x0 .t/ vP 0 .t 0 /g
4"0 c 2 s 3
(6.123)
where in the last step we again used formula (6.118) on the preceding page. Using
this formula and formula (6.122), the radiation part of the magnetic field can be
R
written
x x0 .t 0 /
Bfar .t; x/ D Efar .t; x/ (6.124)
c jx x0 .t 0 /j
.x x0 / v 0 2 .x x0 / v 0 2
C
c c
jx x0 j2 v 02 2 0 jx x0 j2 v 02 2 0 (6.126)
D cos C sin
c2 c2
jx x0 j2 v 02 2 0 2 0 jx x0 j2 v 02
D .cos C sin / D
c2 c2
we find that
.x x0 / v 0 2 x0 j2 v 02
2
x0 / v 0
jx .x
D (6.127)
c c2 c
Furthermore, from equation (6.118) on page 106, we obtain the identity
Œx x0 .t 0 / v 0 D Œx
c
D
c2
FT
x0 .t/ v 0
which, when inserted into equation (6.127) above, yields the relation
.x x0 / v 0 2 jx x0 j2 v 02
.x x0 / v 0 2
c
(6.128)
(6.129)
Inserting the above into expression (6.125) on the preceding page for s 2 , this
expression becomes
A
ˇ .x x0 / v 0 jx x0 j2 v 02 .x x0 / v 0 2
ˇ2
s 2 D ˇx x 0 ˇ 2 ˇx x0 ˇ
ˇ ˇ
C
c c2 c
0 0 2
0 2
jx x j v .x x0 / v
D .x x0 /
c c
0 2
.x x0 / v
R
D .x x0 /2
c
Œx x0 .t/ v 0 .t 0 / 2
2
jx x0 .t /j
c
(6.130)
D
charge is somehow known, be expressed in terms of the time t alone. I.e., in this
special case we are able to express the retarded relative distance as s D s.t; x/
and we do not have to involve the retarded time t 0 or any transformed differential
operators in our calculations.
Taking the square root of both sides of equation (6.130) on the facing page, we
obtain the following alternative final expressions for the retarded relative distance
s in terms of the charge’s virtual simultaneous coordinate x0 .t/ and velocity
v 0 .t 0 /:
s
Œx x0 .t/ v 0 .t 0 / 2
0 2
s.t ; x/ D jx x0 .t /j (6.131a)
c
s
v 02 .t 0 / 2
D jx x0 .t /j 1 sin 0 .t/ (6.131b)
FT
c2
s
v 02 .t 0 / Œx x0 .t/ v 0 .t 0 / 2
D jx x0 .t /j2 1 C
c2 c
(6.131c)
If we know what velocity the particle will have at time t , expression (6.131)
above for s will not be dependent on t 0 .
Using equation (6.131c) and standard vector analytic formulae, we obtain
" #
02 0 2
A
v .x x 0 / v
r s 2 D r jx x0 j2 1 C
c2 c
02 0 0
v vv (6.132)
D 2 .x x0 / 1 C 2 .x x0 /
c2 c
v0
0
v
D 2 .x x0 / C .x x0 /
R
c c
We shall use this result in Example 6.3 for a uniform, unaccelerated motion of
the charge.
In the special case of uniform motion,2 the localised charge moves in a field-free, isolated 2This problem was first solved by
space and we know that it will not be affected by any external forces. It will therefore move O L I V E R H E A V I S I D E in 1888.
uniformly in a straight line with the constant velocity v 0 . This gives us the possibility to
extrapolate its position at the observation time, x0 .t/, from its position at the retarded time,
x0 .t 0 /. Since the particle is not accelerated, vP 0 0, the virtual simultaneous coordinate
x0 will be identical to the actual simultaneous coordinate of the particle at time t , i.e.,
x0 .t / D x0 .t/. As depicted in Figure 6.7 on page 103, the angle between x x0 and v 0 is
0 while then angle between x x0 and v 0 is 0 .
In the case of uniform velocity v 0 , i.e., a velocity that does not change with time, any
physical observable f .t; x/ has the same value at time t and position x as it has at time
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 132
. of 252
Taylor expanding f .t C dt; x C v 0 dt), keeping only linear terms in the infinitesimally small
dt , we obtain
@f
f .t C dt; x C v 0 dt/ D f .t; x/ C dt C v 0 rf dt C O .dt/2
(6.134)
@t
@f
D v 0 rf (6.135)
@t
FT
Since f is an arbitrary physical observable, the time and space derivatives must be related
in the following way when they operate on any physical observable dependent on x.t/ [cf.
equation (1.36) on page 13]:
@
D v0 r (6.136)
@t
Hence, the E and B fields can be obtained from formulæ (6.102) on page 102, with the
potentials given by equations (6.100) on page 102 as follows:
@A 1 @v 0 v 0 @
ED r D r D r
@t c 2 @t c 2 @t
A
v0 v0 v 0v 0
D r C r D 1 r (6.137a)
c c c2
0 0
vv
D 1 r
c2
0
v v0 v0
B Dr ADr D r 2 D r
R
c 2 c c2
v0
0 0
v0
0 0
v v vv
D 2 r r D 2 1 r (6.137b)
c c c c c2
v0
D 2 E
c
D
Here 1 D x O i is the unit dyad and we used the fact that v 0 v 0 0. What remains is just
O ix
to express r in quantities evaluated at t and x.
From equation (6.100a) on page 102 and equation (6.132) on the previous page we find
that
q0 q0
1
r D r D r s2
4"0 s 8"0 s 3
(6.138)
q0 v0
0
v
D .x x0 / C .x x0 /
4"0 s 3 c c
When this expression for r is inserted into equation (6.137a), the following result
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 133
. of 252
v 0v 0 q0
0 0
vv
E.t; x/ D 1 r D 1 r s2
c2 8"0 s 3 c2
(
q0 v0
0
v
D .x x0 / C .x x 0 /
4"0 s 3 c c
)
v0 v0 v 0v 0
0 0
v v
.x x0 / .x x 0 /
c c c2 c c
" (6.139)
q0 v0 v0 v 02
D 3
.x x 0 / C .x x 0 / .x x0 / 2
4"0 s c c c
0 0 #
v v
.x x0 /
c c
!
q0 v 02
D .x x0 / 1
4"0 s 3 c2
FT
obtains. Of course, the same result also follows from equation (6.119) on page 106 with
vP 0 0 inserted.
From equation (6.139) we conclude that E is directed along the vector from the simul-
taneous coordinate x0 .t/ to the field (observation) coordinate x.t/. In a similar way, the
magnetic field can be calculated and one finds that
!
0 q 0 v 02 1
B.t; x/ D 1 v 0 .x x0 / D 2 v 0 E (6.140)
4s 3 c2 c
From these explicit formulae for the E and B fields and formula (6.131b) on page 109 for s,
we can discern the following cases:
A
1. v 0 ! 0 ) E goes over into the Coulomb field ECoulomb
2. v 0 ! 0 ) B goes over into the Biot-Savart field
3. v 0 ! c ) E becomes dependent on 0
4. v 0 ! c; sin 0 0 ) E ! .1 v 02 =c 2 /ECoulomb
5. v 0 ! c; sin 0 1 ) E ! .1 v 02 =c 2 / 1=2 ECoulomb
R
End of example 6.3C
x0 / v 0
.x
x0 ˇ x0 ˇ ; v0 c
ˇ ˇ ˇ ˇ
s D ˇx ˇx (6.141)
c
and formula (6.118) on page 106
x0 j v 0
jx
x x0 D .x x0 / x x0 ; v 0 c (6.142)
c
so that the radiation field equation (6.123) on page 107 can be approximated by
q0
Efar .t; x/ D .x x0 / Œ.x x0 / vP 0 ; v 0 c (6.143)
4"0 c 2 jx x0 j 3
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 134
. of 252
from which we obtain, with the use of formula (6.122) on page 107, the magnetic
field
q0
Bfar .t; x/ D ŒvP 0 .x x0 /; v0 c (6.144)
4"0 c 3 jx x0 j 2
It is interesting to note the close correspondence that exists between the non-
relativistic fields (6.143) and (6.144) and the electric dipole field equations (6.42)
on page 88 if we introduce the electric dipole moment for a localised charge [cf.
formula (6.38) on page 87]
d D q 0 x0 .t 0 / (6.145)
FT
q 0 vP 0 D dR ! ! 2 d! (6.146a)
0
x x Dx x0 (6.146b)
The energy flux in the far zone is described by the Poynting vector as a function
of Efar and Bfar . We use the close correspondence with the dipole case to find that
it becomes
0 q 0 2 .vP 0 /2 x x0
Sfar D sin2 (6.147)
16 2 c jx x0 j2 jx x0 j
A
where is the angle between vP 0 and x x0 . The total radiated power (integrated
over a closed spherical surface) becomes
0 q 0 2 .vP 0 /2 q 0 2 vP 02
P D D (6.148)
6c 6"0 c 3
R
which is the Larmor formula for radiated power from an accelerated charge. Note
that here we are treating a charge with v 0 c but otherwise totally unspecified
motion while we compare with formulæ derived for a stationary oscillating dipole.
The electric and magnetic fields, equation (6.143) on the preceding page and
D
equation (6.144) above, respectively, and the expressions for the Poynting flux
and power derived from them, are here instantaneous values, dependent on the
instantaneous position of the charge at x0 .t 0 /. The angular distribution is that
which is ‘frozen’ to the point from which the energy is radiated.
6.5.3 Bremsstrahlung
An important special case of radiation is when the velocity v 0 and the acceleration
vP 0 are collinear (parallel or anti-parallel) so that v 0 vP 0 D 0. This condition (for
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 135
. of 252
FT
an arbitrary magnitude of v 0 ) inserted into expression (6.123) on page 107 for the
radiation field, yields
q0
Efar .t; x/ D .x x0 / Œ.x x0 / vP 0 ; v 0 k vP 0 (6.149)
4"0 c 2 s 3
from which we obtain, with the use of formula (6.122) on page 107, the magnetic
field
q 0 jx x0 j 0
Bfar .t; x/ D ŒvP .x x0 /; v 0 k vP 0 (6.150)
A
4"0 c 3 s 3
The difference between this case and the previous case of v 0 c is that the
approximate expression (6.141) on page 111 for s is no longer valid; instead we
must use the correct expression (6.101) on page 102. The angular distribution of
the energy flux (Poynting vector) far away from the source therefore becomes
R
0 q 0 2 vP 02 sin2 x x0
Sfar D (6.151)
x0 j2 v0
6 jx x0 j
16 2 c jx 1 cos
c
It is interesting to note that the magnitudes of the electric and magnetic fields are
the same whether v 0 and vP 0 are parallel or anti-parallel.
D
dU rad . / 0 q 0 2 vP 02 sin2
x 0 / ˇx x0 ˇ d D
ˇ ˇ
d D S .x d
dt 16 2 c 1 v0 cos 6
c
(6.152)
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 136
. of 252
dU rad
dt 0
d D
dU rad @t
dt
@t 0 x
FT
On the other hand, the radiation loss due to radiation from the charge at retarded
time t 0 :
d
The angular factors of this expression, for three different particle speeds, are
D
From Figure 6.9 we see that the volume element subtending the solid angle
element
d2x
d D ˇ ˇ2 (6.156)
ˇx x02 ˇ
is
ˇ2
d3x D d2x dr D ˇx x02 ˇ d dr
ˇ
(6.157)
Here, dr denotes the differential distance between the two spheres and can be
evaluated in the following way
FT
x x02
x02 ˇ C c dt 0 x02 ˇ ˇ v 0 dt 0
ˇ ˇ ˇ ˇ
dr D ˇx ˇx
ˇx x 0 ˇ
ˇ
„ ƒ‚2 …
v 0 cos (6.158)
!
x x02 cs
D c v0 dt 0 D ˇ ˇ dt 0
x02 ˇ x02 ˇ
ˇ ˇ
ˇx ˇx
where formula (6.101) on page 102 was used in the last step. Hence, the volume
element under consideration is
A
s
d3x D d2x dr D ˇ ˇ d2x cdt 0 (6.159)
ˇx x02 ˇ
We see that the energy that is radiated per unit solid angle during the time interval
.t 0 ; t 0 C dt 0 / is located in a volume element whose size is dependent. This
R
explains the difference between expression (6.152) on page 113 and expression
(6.155) on the facing page.
Let the radiated energy, integrated over , be denoted UQ rad . After tedious, but
relatively straightforward integration of formula (6.155) on the preceding page,
one obtains
D
3
dUQ rad 0 q 0 2 vP 02 2 q 0 2 vP 02 v 02
1
D 3 D 1 (6.160)
dt 0 6c 3 4"0 c 3 c2
v 02
1 c2
If we know v 0 .t 0 /, we can integrate this expression over t 0 and obtain the total
energy radiated during the acceleration or deceleration of the particle. This way
we obtain a classical picture of bremsstrahlung (braking radiation, free-free
radiation). Often, an atomistic treatment is required for obtaining an acceptable
result.
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 138
. of 252
vP 0 .t 0 / D v 0 ı.t 0 t0 / (6.161)
s ˇx x0 ˇ
ˇ ˇ
(6.163)
FT
x x0 x x0 (6.164)
Beacuse of the Dirac ı behaviour in time, Fourier transforming expression (6.165) for E is
trivial, yielding
q 0 sin 0 1 v 0 ı.t 0 t0 / i!t 0
Z 1
E! D dt 0 e
R
4"0 c 22
1 jx x0 .t 0 /j
(6.167)
q 0 sin 0 0 i!t0
D v .t0 / e
8 2 "0 c 2 jx x0 .t0 /j
We note that the magnitude of this Fourier component is independent of !. This is a
consequence of the infinitely short ‘impulsive step’ ı.t 0 t0 / in the time domain which
produces an infinite spectrum in the frequency domain.
D
According to Parseval’s identity [cf. equation (6.8) on page 80] the following equality holds:
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 139
. of 252
Z 1 Z 1
0 2
dt E D 4 d! jE! j2 (6.169)
1 0
which means that the radiated energy in the frequency interval .!; ! C d!/ is
I
2 0 2
UQ !rad d! D 4"0 c d x jE! j d! (6.170)
S0
For our infinite spectrum, equation (6.167) on the facing page, we obtain
q 0 2 .v 0 /2 sin2 0
I
UQ !rad d! D d2x 0 d!
16 3 "0 c 3 S0jx x0 j2
q 0 2 .v 0 /2 2 0 0
Z Z
D d' d sin 0 sin2 0 d! (6.171)
FT
16 3 "0 c 3 0 0
q02
0 2
v d!
D
3"0 c c 2
We see that the energy spectrum UQ !rad is independent of frequency !. This means that if we
would integrate it over all frequencies ! 2 Œ0; 1/, a divergent integral would result.
In reality, all spectra have finite widths, with an upper cutoff limit set by the quantum
condition
1 1 02
A
~!max D m.v 0 C v 0 /2 mv (6.172)
2 2
which expresses that the highest possible frequency !max in the spectrum is that for which
all kinetic energy difference has gone into one single field quantum (photon) with energy
~!max . If we adopt the picture that the total energy is quantised in terms of N! photons
radiated during the process, we find that
R
UQ !rad d!
D dN! (6.173)
~!
2 2
e2 v 0 v 0
2 d! 1 2 d!
dN! D (6.174)
4"0 ~c 3 c ! 137 3 c !
where we used the value of the fine structure constant ˛ D e 2 =.4"0 ~c/ 1=137.
Even if the number of photons becomes infinite when ! ! 0, these photons have negligible
energies so that the total radiated energy is still finite.
'.t 0 / D !0 t 0 (6.175a)
0 0 0 0
O 2 sin '.t /
x .t / D aŒOx1 cos '.t / C x (6.175b)
0 0 0 0 0 0
P .t / D a!0 Œ x
v .t / D x O 1 sin '.t / C x
O 2 cos '.t / (6.175c)
FT
0
ˇ 0ˇ
v D ˇv ˇ D a!0 (6.175d)
0 0
vP .t / D R .t / D a!02 ŒOx1
x0 0 0 0
O 2 sin '.t /
cos '.t / C x (6.175e)
0
ˇ 0ˇ
vP D ˇvP ˇ D a! 2 (6.175f)
0
Because of the rotational symmetry we can, without loss of generality, rotate our
coordinate system around the x3 axis so the relative vector x x0 from the source
point to an arbitrary field point always lies in the x2 x3 plane, i.e.,
x x0 D ˇx x0 ˇ .Ox2 sin ˛ C x
ˇ ˇ
O 3 cos ˛/ (6.176)
A
where ˛ is the angle between x x0 and the normal to the plane of the particle
orbit (see Figure 6.10). From the above expressions we obtain
where in the last step we simply used the definition of a scalar product and the
fact that the angle between vP 0 and x x0 is .
The energy flux is given by the Poynting vector, which, with the help of
formula (6.122) on page 107, can be written
D
1 1 x x0
SD .E B/ D jEj2 (6.178)
0 c0 jx x0 j
Inserting this into equation (6.154) on page 114, we obtain
FT
x3
and using (6.177a) and (6.177b) on the preceding page, one finds, after some
algebra, that
2
v0 v 02
rad
dU .˛; '/ 0 2 02 1
0 q vP c
sin ˛ cos ' 1 c2
sin2 ˛ sin2 '
D 5
dt 0 16 2 c 0
1 v sin ˛ cos ' c
A
(6.180)
The angles and ' vary in time during the rotation, so that refers to a moving
coordinate system. But we can parametrise the solid angle d in the angle ' and
the angle ˛ so that d D sin ˛ d˛ d'. Integration of equation (6.180) over this
d gives, after some cumbersome algebra, the angular integrated expression
R
dUQ rad 0 q 0 2 vP 02 1
D 2 (6.181)
dt 0 6c
v 02
1 c2
FT
When the particle is relativistic, v 0 . c, the denominator in equation (6.180)
on the previous page becomes very small if sin ˛ cos ' 1, which defines the
forward direction of the particle motion (˛ =2; ' 0). The equation (6.180)
on the preceding page becomes
dU rad .=2; 0/ 0 q 0 2 vP 02 1
D (6.185)
dt 0 16 c 1 v0 3
2
c
which means that an observer near the orbit plane sees a very strong pulse
followed, half an orbit period later, by a much weaker pulse.
The two cases represented by equation (6.184) above and equation (6.185)
A
are very important results since they can be used to determine the characteristics
of the particle motion both in particle accelerators and in astrophysical objects
where a direct measurement of particle velocities are impossible.
In the orbit plane (˛ D =2), equation (6.180) on the previous page gives
2
v0 v 02
sin2 '
R
rad 0 2 02 1 cos ' 1
dU .=2; '/ 0 q vP c c2
D 5 (6.186)
dt 0 16 2 c 0
1 v cos '
c
which vanishes for angles '0 such that
v0
cos '0 D (6.187a)
c
D
s
v 02
sin '0 D 1 (6.187b)
c2
Hence, the angle '0 is a measure of the synchrotron radiation lobe width ; see
Figure 6.11 on the facing page. For ultra-relativistic particles, defined by
s
1 v 02
Ds 1; 1 1; (6.188)
c2
v 02
1
c2
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 143
. of 252
v
q0 0 0
a .t ; x /
vP
'.t 0 /
0 x1
FT
x3
s
v 02 1
'0 sin '0 D 1 2
D (6.189)
c
A
Hence, synchrotron radiation from ultra-relativistic charges is characterized
by a radiation lobe width which is approximately
1
R
(6.190)
This angular interval is swept by the charge during the time interval
D
t 0 D (6.191)
!0
l 0 D v 0 t 0 D v 0 (6.192)
!0
in the direction toward the observer who therefore measures a compressed pulse
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 144
. of 252
width of length
l 0 v 0 t 0 v0
0 0
t D t D t D 1 t 0
c c c
v0 v0
0
v
v 0
1 1 c
1C c 1
D 1 1 D
c !0 c
!0 v0
!0
1C
„ ƒ‚c… (6.193)
2
02
v 1 1 1
1 D 3
c 2 2
!0 2
!0
„ ƒ‚ …
1=
2
FT
Typically, the spectral width of a pulse of length t is ! . 1=t . In the
ultra-relativistic synchrotron case one can therefore expect frequency components
up to
1
!max D 2
3 !0 (6.194)
t
A spectral analysis of the radiation pulse will therefore exhibit a (broadened) line
spectrum of Fourier components n!0 from n D 1 up to n 2
3 .
When many charged particles, N say, contribute to the radiation, we can have
three different situations depending on the relative phases of the radiation fields
A
from the individual particles:
1. All N radiating particles are spatially much closer to each other than a typical
wavelength. Then the relative phase differences of the individual electric and
magnetic fields radiated are negligible and the total radiated fields from all
R
individual particles will add up to become N times that from one particle. This
means that the power radiated from the N particles will be N 2 higher than for
a single charged particle. This is called coherent radiation.
2. The charged particles are perfectly evenly distributed in the orbit. In this case
the phases of the radiation fields cause a complete cancellation of the fields
D
3. The charged particles are somewhat unevenly distributed in the orbit. This
happens for an open ring current, carried initially by evenly distributed charged
particles, which is subject to thermal fluctuations. From statistical mechanics
we know that this happens forp all open systems and that the particle densities
exhibit
p fluctuations of order N . This means that out of the N particles,
N will exhibit deviation from perfect randomness—and thereby perfect
radiation field cancellation—and give rise to net radiation fields which are
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 145
. of 252
jx x0 j
O3
E? x
FT
proportional to N . As a result, the radiated power will be proportional to N ,
and we speak about incoherent radiation. Examples of this can be found both
in earthly laboratories and under cosmic conditions.
radiation.
D
E!;?
E!;? 0;
q0
4 2 "0 bv 0
;
FT
b! v 0
,
b! v 0
,
b
v0
!1
b
v0
!1
(6.200b)
Due to the equipartitioning of the field energy into the electric and magnetic
fields, the total field energy can be written
A
Z Z bmax Z 1
UQ D "0 d3x E? 2
D "0 db 2b 2
dt v 0 E? (6.201)
V bmin 1
where the volume integration is over the plane perpendicular to v 0 . With the use
of Parseval’s identity for Fourier transforms, formula (6.8) on page 80, we can
rewrite this as
R
Z 1 Z bmax Z 1
UQ D d! UQ ! D 4"0 v 0 db 2b 2
d! E!;?
0 bmin 0
Z 1 Z v0
=! (6.202)
q 02 db
d!
2 2 "0 v 0 1 bmin b
D
p1 p01
FT
of this interaction is that they change their linear momenta from p1 to p01 and p2
to p02 , respectively. Heisenberg’s uncertainty principle gives bmin ~= ˇp1 p01 ˇ
ˇ ˇ
6.6 Bibliography
[37] H. A LFVÉN AND N. H ERLOFSON, Cosmic radiation and radio stars, Physical Review,
78 (1950), p. 616.
[42] J. D. JACKSON, Classical Electrodynamics, third ed., John Wiley & Sons, Inc.,
New York, NY . . . , 1999, ISBN 0-471-30932-X.
FT
[45] J. VANDERLINDE, Classical Electromagnetic Theory, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New
A York, Chichester, Brisbane, Toronto, and Singapore, 1993, ISBN 0-471-57269-1.
R
D
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 149
. of 252
7
RELATIVISTIC
ELECTRODYNAMICS
FT
We saw in Chapter 3 how the introduction of electrodynamic potentials led, in a
most natural way, to the existence of a characteristic, finite speed of propagation
of electromagnetic fields (and related quantities) in free space (vacuum) that
p
equals the speed of light c D 1= "0 0 and which can be considered a constant
of Nature. To take this finite speed of propagation of information into account,
1The Special Theory of Relativity,
by the physicist and philosopher
D A V I D B O H M , opens with the
following paragraph:
‘The theory of relativity
A
and to ensure that our laws of physics be independent of any specific coordinate is not merely a scientific
development of great
frame, requires a treatment of electrodynamics in a relativistically covariant importance in its own
(coordinate independent) form. This is the objective of this chapter.1 right. It is even more
significant as the first stage
The technique we shall use to study relativity is the mathematical apparatus of a radical change in our
developed for non-Euclidean spaces of arbitrary dimensions, here specialised to basic concepts, which began
in physics, and which is
four dimensions. It turns out that this theory of Riemannian spaces, derived for
R
spreading into other fields
more or less purely mathematical reasons only, is ideal for a formal description of science, and indeed,
even into a great deal of
of relativistic physics. For the simple case of the special theory of relativity, thinking outside of science.
the mathematics is quite simple, whereas for the general theory of relativity it For as is well known, the
modern trend is away
becomes more complicated. from the notion of sure
‘absolute’ truth, (i.e., one
D
different inertial systems in uniform, rectilinear motion relative to each other and
FT
is based on two postulates:
the x and x 0 axes of the two inertial systems coincide and at a later time t they
have the relative location as depicted in Figure 7.1, referred to as the standard
configuration.
For convenience, let us introduce the two quantities
v
ˇD (7.1)
c
1
Dq (7.2)
1 ˇ2
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 151
. of 252
Taking the difference between the square of (7.3a) and the square of (7.3b) we
find that
FT
c 2 t 02 x 02 D
2 c 2 t 2 2xcˇt C x 2 ˇ 2 x 2 C 2xvt v 2 t 2
v2 v2
1 2 2 2
D c t 1 x 1
v2 c2 c2 (7.4)
1 2
c
D c2t 2 x2
From equations (7.3) we see that the y and z coordinates are unaffected by the
translational motion of the inertial system †0 along the x axis of system †. Using
this fact, we find that we can generalise the result in equation (7.4) above to
A
c2t 2 x2 y2 z 2 D c 2 t 02 x 02 y 02 z 02 (7.5)
which means that if a light wave is transmitted from the coinciding origins O and
O 0 at time t D t 0 D 0 it will arrive at an observer at .x; y; z/ at time t in † and an
observer at .x 0 ; y 0 ; z 0 / at time t 0 in †0 in such a way that both observers conclude
R
that the speed (spatial distance divided by time) of light in vacuum is c. Hence,
the speed of light in † and †0 is the same. A linear coordinate transformation
which has this property is called a (homogeneous) Lorentz transformation.
Let us introduce an ordered quadruple of real numbers, enumerated with the help
of upper indices D 0; 1; 2; 3, where the zeroth component is ct (c is the speed
of light and t is time), and the remaining components are the components of the
ordinary R3 radius vector x defined in equation (M.1) on page 199:
2The British mathematician and vector space.2 We require that this four-dimensional space be a Riemannian
philosopher A L F R E D N O R T H
W H I T E H E A D writes in his book
space, i.e., a metric space where a ‘distance’ and a scalar product are defined. In
The Concept of Nature: this space we therefore define a metric tensor, also known as the fundamental
‘I regret that it has been tensor, which we denote by g .
necessary for me in this
lecture to administer
a large dose of four- 7.1.2.1 Radius four-vector in contravariant and covariant form
dimensional geometry. I do
not apologise, because I am The radius four-vector x D .x 0 ; x 1 ; x 2 ; x 3 / D .ct; x/, as defined in equation
really not responsible for
the fact that Nature in its
(7.6) on the previous page, is, by definition, the prototype of a contravariant
most fundamental aspect is vector (or, more accurately, a vector in contravariant component form). To every
four-dimensional. Things
are what they are. . . .’
such vector there exists a dual vector. The vector dual to x is the covariant
vector x , obtained as
x D g x
FT
(7.7)
where the upper index in x is summed over and is therefore a dummy index
and may be replaced by another dummy index , say. This summation process is
an example of index contraction and is often referred to as index lowering.
g x x D x x (7.8)
A
This scalar product acts as an invariant ‘distance’, or norm, in this space.
In order to put the physical property of Lorentz transformation invariance,
described by equation (7.5) on the preceding page, into a convenient mathematical
framework, we perceive this invariance as the manifestation of the conservation
of the norm in a 4D Riemannian space.
R
7.1.2.3 Metric tensor
In L4 one can choose the metric tensor g to take the simple form
8
<1 if D D 0
D
ˆ
ˆ
g D D 1 if D D i D j D 1; 2; 3 (7.9)
ˆ
ˆ
:0 if ¤
0 0 0 1
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 153
. of 252
i.e., a matrix with a main diagonal that has the sign sequence, or signature,
fC; ; ; g, the index lowering operation in our flat 4D space L4 becomes
nearly trivial:
In matrix representation the lowering of the indices of x becomes
0 1 0 10 1 0 1
x0 1 0 0 0 x0 x0
Bx C B0
B 1C B 1 0 0 C Bx 1 C
C B B x1C
B CDB C B 2C D B (7.11)
C B C
@x2 A @0 0 1 0 A @x A @ x2A
C
x3 0 0 0 1 x3 x3
FT
Hence, if the metric tensor is defined according to expression (7.9) on the preced-
ing page, the covariant radius four-vector x is obtained from the contravariant
radius four-vector x simply by changing the sign of the last three components.
These components are referred to as the space components; the zeroth component
is referred to as the time component.
As we see, for this particular choice of metric, the scalar product of x with
itself becomes
A
x x D .ct; x/ .ct; x/ D c 2 t 2 x2 y2 z2 (7.13)
we call our four-dimensional space (or space-time) with this property Lorentz
space and denote it L4 . A corresponding real, linear 4D space with a positive
definite norm which is conserved during ordinary rotations is a Euclidean vector
space. We denote such a space R4 .
The L4 metric tensor equation (7.9) on the preceding page has a number of
interesting properties: firstly, we see that this tensor has a trace Tr D 2
whereas in R4 , as in any vector space with definite norm, the trace equals the
space dimensionality. Secondly, we find, after trivial algebra, that the following
relations between the contravariant, covariant and mixed forms of the metric
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 154
. of 252
tensor hold:
Here we have introduced the 4D version of the Kronecker delta ı , a mixed
four-tensor of rank 2 that fulfils
(
1 if D
ı D ı D (7.15)
0 if ¤
FT
Clearly, the matrix representation of this tensor is
0 1
1 0 0 0
B0 1 0 0C
.ı / D B (7.16)
B C
@0 0 1 0A
C
0 0 0 1
where the metric tensor is as in equation (7.9) on page 130. As we see, this
form is indefinite as expected for a non-Euclidean space. The square root of this
expression is the invariant line element
D
q 2 !2 !2 !2 3
1 4 dx 1 dx 2 dx 3
ds D c dt 1 C C 5
c2 dt dt dt
s
r (7.18)
1 v2
.vx /2 C .vy /2 C .vz /2 D c dt
D c dt 1 2
1
c c2
dt
q
D c dt 1 ˇ 2 D c D c d
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 155
. of 252
where we introduced
d D dt =
(7.19)
Since d measures the time when no spatial changes are present, it is called the
proper time.
Expressing the property of the Lorentz transformation described by equations
(7.5) on page 129 in terms of the differential interval ds and comparing with
equation (7.17) on the facing page, we find that
ds 2 D c 2 dt 2 dx 2 dy 2 dz 2 (7.20)
is invariant, i.e., remains unchanged, during a Lorentz transformation. Conversely,
we may say that every coordinate transformation which preserves this differential
interval is a Lorentz transformation.
FT
If in some inertial system
dx 2 C dy 2 C dz 2 < c 2 dt 2 (7.21)
ds is a time-like interval , but if
dx 2 C dy 2 C dz 2 > c 2 dt 2 (7.22)
ds is a space-like interval , whereas
dx 2 C dy 2 C dz 2 D c 2 dt 2 (7.23)
is a light-like interval ; we may also say that in this case we are on the light
A
cone. A vector which has a light-like interval is called a null vector. The
time-like, space-like or light-like aspects of an interval ds are invariant under a
Lorentz transformation. I.e., it is not possible to change a time-like interval into a
space-like one or vice versa via a Lorentz transformation.
R
7.1.2.5 Four-vector fields
Any quantity which relative to any coordinate system has a quadruple of real
numbers and transforms in the same way as the radius four-vector x does, is
called a four-vector. In analogy with the notation for the radius four-vector we
introduce the notation a D .a0 ; a/ for a general contravariant four-vector field
D
in L4 and find that the ‘lowering of index’ rule, formula (7.7) on page 130, for
such an arbitrary four-vector yields the dual covariant four-vector field
a .x / D a .x / D .a0 .x /; a.x // (7.24)
The scalar product between this four-vector field and another one b .x / is
a .x /b .x / D .a0 ; a/ .b 0 ; b/ D a0 b 0 ab (7.25)
which is a scalar field , i.e., an invariant scalar quantity ˛.x / which depends on
time and space, as described by x D .ct; x; y; z/.
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 156
. of 252
the linear Lorentz transformation (7.3) on page 129, i.e., the coordinate transfor-
mation x ! x 0 D x 0 .x 0 ; x 1 ; x 2 ; x 3 /, from one inertial system † to another
inertial system †0 in the standard configuration, can be written
FT
x 0 D ƒ x (7.27)
This means that the nonempty set of Lorentz transformations constitutes a closed
algebraic structure with a binary operation (multiplication) that is associative.
R
Furthermore, one can show that this set possesses at least one identity element and
at least one inverse element. In other words, this set of Lorentz transformations
constitutes a mathematical group. However tempting, we shall not make any
further use of group theory.
D
x1
Introducing
X 0 D ix 0 D ict
1
X Dx
X 2 D x2
3
X Dx
dS D ids
where i D
1
p
FT
1, we see that equation (7.17) on page 132 transforms into
(7.29a)
(7.29b)
(7.29c)
(7.29d)
(7.29e)
A
dS 2 D .dX 0 /2 C .dX 1 /2 C .dX 2 /2 C .dX 3 /2 (7.30)
ct 0 D
x 0 D x cosh ' ct sinh 'FT
using equation (7.29) on the preceding page backwards, we obtain
which are identical to the original transformation equations (7.3) on page 129 if
A
we let
The use of ict and M4 , which leads to the interpretation of the Lorentz trans-
formation as an ‘ordinary’ rotation, may, at best, be illustrative, but is not very
physical. Besides, if we leave the flat L4 space and enter the curved space of
general relativity, the ‘ict ’ trick will turn out to be an impasse. Let us therefore
immediately return to L4 where all components are real valued.
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 159
. of 252
dx
B C
B c v C D .u0 ; u/
C
u D D
.c; v / D B s
B ;s (7.36)
d 2
C
2 A
@ v v
1 1
c2 c2
which, when multiplied with the scalar invariant m0 yields the four-momentum
0 1
FT
dx
B C
B m0 c m0 v C
p D m0 D m0
.c; v / D B s
B ;s C D .p 0 ; p/ (7.37)
d 2 2
C
@ v v A
1 1
c2 c2
From this we see that we can write
p D mv (7.38)
where
A
m0
m D
m0 D s (7.39)
v2
1
c2
We can interpret this such that the Lorentz covariance implies that the mass-like
term in the ordinary 3D linear momentum is not invariant. A better way to look at
R
this is that p D mv D
m0 v is the covariantly correct expression for the kinetic
three-momentum.
Multiplying the zeroth (time) component of the four-momentum p by the
scalar invariant c, we obtain
m0 c 2
D
cp 0 D
m0 c 2 D s D mc 2 (7.40)
2
v
1
c2
Since this component has the dimension of energy and is the result of a Lorentz-
covariant description of the motion of a particle with its kinetic momentum
described by the spatial components of the four-momentum, equation (7.37)
above, we interpret cp 0 as the total energy E. Hence,
Since this is an invariant, this equation holds in any inertial frame, particularly in
the frame where p D 0 and there we have
E D m0 c 2 (7.43)
j D 0
dx
d
FT
7.3 Covariant classical electrodynamics
Let us consider a charge density which in its rest inertial system is denoted by 0 .
The four-vector (in contravariant component form)
D 0 (7.45)
is the four-current.
The contravariant form of the four-del operator @ D @=@x is defined in
equation (M.82) on page 213 and its covariant counterpart @ D @=@x in
R
equation (M.83) on page 213, respectively. As is shown in Example M.6 on
page 215, the d’Alembert operator is the scalar product of the four-del with itself:
1 @2
2 D @ @ D @ @ D r2 (7.46)
c 2 @t 2
D
where is the scalar potential and A the vector potential, defined in Section 3.3 on
page 33, we can write the uncoupled inhomogeneous wave equations, equations
(3.31) on page 36, in the following compact (and covariant) way:
2 A D 0 j (7.48)
With the help of the above, we can formulate our electrodynamic equations
covariantly. For instance, the covariant form of the equation of continuity,
equation (1.25) on page 10 is
@ j D 0 (7.49)
and the Lorenz-Lorentz gauge condition, equation (3.30) on page 36, can be
written
FT
@ A D 0 (7.50)
The Lorenz-Lorentz gauge is sometimes called the covariant gauge. The gauge
transformations (3.26) on page 34 in covariant form are
If only one dimension Lorentz contracts (for instance, due to relative motion
along the x direction), a 3D spatial volume element transforms according to
s
A
1 v2
q
dV D d3x D dV0 D dV0 1 ˇ 2 D dV0 1 (7.52)
c2
where dV0 denotes the volume element as measured in the rest system, then from
equation (7.45) on the facing page we see that
R
dV D 0 dV0 (7.53)
i.e., the charge in a given volume is conserved. We can therefore conclude that
the elementary electric charge is a universal constant.
Let us now solve the the inhomogeneous wave equations (3.31) on page 36 in
vacuum for the case of a well-localised charge q 0 at a source point defined by the
radius four-vector x 0 .x 00 D ct 0 ; x 01 ; x 02 ; x 03 /. The field point (observation
point) is denoted by the radius four-vector x D .x 0 D ct; x 1 ; x 2 ; x 3 /.
In the rest system we know that the solution is simply
0
q 1
.A /0 D ;A D ;0 (7.54)
c vD0 4"0 c jx x0 j0
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 162
. of 252
where jx x0 j0 is the usual distance from the source point to the field point,
evaluated in the rest system (signified by the index ‘0’).
Let us introduce the relative radius four-vector between the source point and
the field point:
R D x x 0 D .c.t t 0 /; x x0 / (7.55)
We know that in vacuum the signal (field) from the charge q 0 at x 0 propagates
to x with the speed of light c so that
x0 ˇ D c.t t 0/
FT
ˇ ˇ
ˇx (7.57)
R R D 0 (7.58)
R D .ˇ x x0 ˇ ; x x0 /
ˇ ˇ
(7.59)
A
Now we want to find the correspondence to the rest system solution, equation
(7.54) on the preceding page, in an arbitrary inertial system. We note from
equation (7.36) on page 137 that in the rest system
0 1
R
B C
B c v C
.u /0 D B s
B ;s C
C D .c; 0/ (7.60)
2 2 A
@ v v
1 1
c2 c 2 vD0
and
D
.R /0 D .ˇx x0 ˇ ; x x 0 /0 D .ˇ x x0 ˇ0 ; .x x 0 /0 /
ˇ ˇ ˇ ˇ
(7.61)
u R D u R 0 D .u /0 .R /0
(7.62)
D .c; 0/ .ˇx x0 ˇ ; .x x0 /0 / D c ˇx x0 ˇ
ˇ ˇ ˇ ˇ
0 0
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 163
. of 252
u R D
.c; v / ˇx x0 ˇ ; .x x0 / D
c ˇx x0 ˇ v .x x0 /
ˇ ˇ ˇ ˇ
(7.64)
FT
Generalising expression (7.1) on page 128 to vector form:
def v
ˇ D ˇ vO (7.65)
c
and introducing
def ˇ v .x x0 /
x0 ˇ x0 ˇ x0 /
ˇ ˇ ˇ
s ˇx ˇx ˇ .x (7.66)
c
we can write
u R D
cs (7.67)
A
and
u
1 v
D ; (7.68)
cu R cs c 2 s
from which we see that the solution (7.63) can be written
R
q0
1 v
A .x / D ; 2 D ;A (7.69)
4"0 cs c s c
where in the last step the definition of the four-potential, equation (7.47) on
page 138, was used. Writing the solution in the ordinary 3D way, we conclude
D
that for a very localised charge volume, moving relative an observer with a
velocity v, the scalar and vector potentials are given by the expressions
q0 1 q0 1
.t; x/ D D (7.70a)
4"0 s 4"0 jx x j ˇ .x x0 /
0
0
q v q0 v
A.t; x/ D 2
D (7.70b)
4"0 c s 2
4"0 c jx x j ˇ .x x0 /
0
ck D ai bj aj bi D cij D cj i ; i; j ¤ k (7.72)
FT
@B
r ED (7.73)
@t
can in this tensor notation be written
@Ej @Ei @Bij
i j
D (7.74)
@x @x @t
We know from Chapter 3 that the fields can be derived from the electromag-
netic potentials in the following way:
B Dr A (7.75a)
A
@A
ED r (7.75b)
@t
In component form, this can be written
@Aj @Ai
Bij D D @i Aj @j Ai (7.76a)
@x i @x j
R
@ @Ai
Ei D i
D @i @ t Ai (7.76b)
@x @t
From this, we notice the clear difference between the axial vector (pseudovector)
B and the polar vector (‘ordinary vector’) E.
Our goal is to express the electric and magnetic fields in a tensor form where
D
the components are functions of the covariant form of the four-potential, equation
(7.47) on page 138:
A D ;A (7.77)
c
Inspection of (7.77) and equation (7.76) above makes it natural to define the
four-tensor
@A @A
F D D @ A @ A (7.78)
@x @x
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 165
. of 252
Ez =c By Bx 0
We note that the field tensor is a sort of four-dimensional curl of the four-potential
vector A .
The covariant field tensor is obtained from the contravariant field tensor in the
usual manner by index lowering
FT
F D F D @ A @ A (7.80)
Ez =c By Bx 0
Comparing formula (7.81) with formula (7.79) above we see that the covariant
A
field tensor is obtained from the contravariant one by a transformation E ! E.
That the two Maxwell source equations can be written
@ F D 0 j (7.82)
@F 00 @F 10 @F 20 @F 30
1 @Ex @Ey @Ez
C C C D 0 C C C
D
@x 0 @x 1 @x 2 @x 3 c @x @y @z (7.83)
1 0
D r E D 0 j D 0 c
c
or, equivalently (recalling that "0 0 D 1=c 2 ),
r ED (7.84)
"0
which we recognise as the Maxwell source equation for the electric field, equation
(1.49a) on page 15.
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 166
. of 252
or, equivalently, as
FT
@Ex
.r B/x D 0 jx C "0 0 (7.87)
@t
and similarly for D 2; 3. In summary, we can write the result in three-vector
form as
@E
r B D 0 j.t; x/ C "0 0 (7.88)
@t
which we recognise as the Maxwell source equation for the magnetic field,
equation (1.49d) on page 15.
With the help of the fully antisymmetric rank-4 pseudotensor
A
8
<1 if ; ; ; is an even permutation of 0,1,2,3
ˆ
ˆ
D 0 if at least two of ; ; ; are equal (7.89)
ˆ
ˆ
: 1 if ; ; ; is an odd permutation of 0,1,2,3
R
which can be viewed as a generalisation of the Levi-Civita tensor, formula (M.18)
on page 202, we can introduce the dual electromagnetic tensor
? 1
F D F D ?
F (7.90)
2
D
Bz Ey =c Ex =c 0
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 167
. of 252
i.e., the dual field tensor is obtained from the ordinary field tensor by the duality
transformation E ! cB and B ! E=c.
The covariant form of the two Maxwell field equations
@B
r ED (7.93)
@t
r B D0 (7.94)
@ ?F D 0 (7.95)
FT
@ F C @ F C @ F D 0 (7.96)
sometimes referred to as the Jacobi identity. Hence, equation (7.82) on page 143
and equation (7.96) above constitute Maxwell’s equations in four-dimensional
formalism.
It is interesting to note that equation (7.82) on page 143 and
@ ?F D 0 jm (7.97)
[47] A. O. BARUT, Electrodynamics and Classical Theory of Fields and Particles, Dover
Publications, Inc., New York, NY, 1980, ISBN 0-486-64038-8.
D
[50] L. D. L ANDAU AND E. M. L IFSHITZ, The Classical Theory of Fields, fourth revised
English ed., vol. 2 of Course of Theoretical Physics, Pergamon Press, Ltd., Oxford . . . ,
1975, ISBN 0-08-025072-6.
[51] F. E. L OW, Classical Field Theory, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, NY . . . ,
1997, ISBN 0-471-59551-9.
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 168
. of 252
[52] H. M UIRHEAD, The Special Theory of Relativity, The Macmillan Press Ltd., London,
Beccles and Colchester, 1973, ISBN 333-12845-1.
[53] C. M ØLLER, The Theory of Relativity, second ed., Oxford University Press, Glas-
gow . . . , 1972.
[56] B. S PAIN, Tensor Calculus, third ed., Oliver and Boyd, Ltd., Edinburgh and London,
1965, ISBN 05-001331-9.
FT
A
R
D
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 169
. of 252
8
ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS AND
PARTICLES
FT
In previous chapters, we calculated the electromagnetic fields and potentials from
arbitrary, but prescribed distributions of charges and currents. In this chapter
we first study the opposite situation, viz., the dynamics of charged particles in
arbitrary, but prescribed electromagnetic fields. Then we go on to consider the
general problem of interaction between electric and magnetic fields and electri-
A
cally charged particles. The analysis is based on Lagrangian and Hamiltonian
methods, is fully covariant, and yields results which are relativistically correct.
where d is the proper time defined via equation (7.18) on page 132, and L4
acts as a kind of generalisation to the common 3D Lagrangian. As a result, the
variational principle
Z 1
ıS4 D ı L4 .x ; u / d D 0 (8.2)
0
FT
invariant which does not contain higher than the second power of the four-velocity
u in order that the resulting equations of motion be linear.
According to formula (M.113) on page 218 the ordinary 3D Lagrangian is the
difference between the kinetic and potential energies. A free particle has only
kinetic energy. If the particle mass is m0 then in 3D the kinetic energy is m0 v 2 =2.
This suggests that in 4D the Lagrangian for a free particle should be
1
Lfree
4 D m0 u u (8.3)
2
Again drawing inferences from analytical mechanics in 3D, we introduce a
A
generalised interaction between the particles and the electromagnetic field with
the help of the four-potential given by equation (7.77) on page 142 in the following
way
1
L4 D m0 u u C qu A .x / (8.4)
2
R
We call this the four-Lagrangian and shall now show how this function, together
with the variation principle, formula (8.2) above, yields Lorentz covariant results
which are physically correct.
The variation principle (8.2) with the 4D Lagrangian (8.4) inserted, leads to
Z 1
m0
u u C qu A .x / d
D
ıS4 D ı
2
Z 1 0
m0 @.u u /
@A
D ıu C q A ıu C u ıx d (8.5)
2 @u @x
Z 01
m0 u ıu C q A ıu C u @ A ıx d D 0
D
0
which means that we can write the variation of u as a total derivative with
respect to :
dx
d
ıu D ı D .ıx / (8.7)
d d
Inserting this into the first two terms in the last integral in equation (8.5) on the
preceding page, we obtain
Z 1
d d
ıS4 D m0 u .ıx / C qA .ıx / C qu @ A ıx d (8.8)
0 d d
Partial integration in the two first terms in the right hand member of (8.8) gives
Z 1
FT
du dA
ıS4 D m0 ıx q ıx C qu @ A ıx d (8.9)
0 d d
where the integrated parts do not contribute since the variations at the endpoints
vanish. A change of irrelevant summation index from to in the first two terms
of the right hand member of (8.9) yields, after moving the ensuing common factor
ıx outside the parenthesis, the following expression:
Z 1
du dA
ıS4 D m0 q C qu @ A ıx d (8.10)
0 d d
A
Applying well-known rules of differentiation and the expression (7.36) for the
four-velocity, we can express dA =d as follows:
dA @A dx
D D @ A u (8.11)
d @x d
R
By inserting this expression (8.11) into the second term in right-hand member of
equation (8.10), and noting the common factor qu of the resulting term and the
last term, we obtain the final variational principle expression
Z 1
du
C qu @ A @ A ıx d
ıS4 D m0 (8.12)
D
0 d
Since, according to the variational principle, this expression shall vanish and ıx
is arbitrary between the fixed end points 0 and 1 , the expression inside in
the integrand in the right hand member of equation (8.12) above must vanish. In
other words, we have found an equation of motion for a charged particle in a
prescribed electromagnetic field:
du
D qu @ A
m0 @ A (8.13)
d
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 172
. of 252
With the help of formula (7.80) on page 143 for the covariant component form of
the field tensor, we can express this equation in terms of the electromagnetic field
tensor in the following way:
du
m0 D qu F (8.14)
d
This is the sought-for covariant equation of motion for a particle in an elec-
tromagnetic field. It is often referred to as the Minkowski equation. As the
reader may easily verify, the spatial part of this 4-vector equation is the covariant
(relativistically correct) expression for the Newton-Lorentz force equation.
FT
The usual Hamilton equations for a 3D space are given by equation (M.124) on
page 219 in Appendix M. These six first-order partial differential equations are
@H dqi
D (8.15a)
@pi dt
@H dpi
D (8.15b)
@qi dt
@L4
p D (8.16)
@u
R
and utilise the four-velocity u , as given by equation (7.36) on page 137, to
define the four-Hamiltonian
H4 D p u L4 (8.17)
D
With the help of these, the radius four-vector x , considered as the generalised
four-coordinate, and the invariant line element ds, defined in equation (7.18) on
page 132, we introduce the following eight partial differential equations:
@H4 dx
D (8.18a)
@p d
@H4 dp
D (8.18b)
@x d
which form the four-dimensional Hamilton equations.
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 173
. of 252
Our strategy now is to use equation (8.16) on the facing page and equations
(8.18) on the preceding page to derive an explicit algebraic expression for the
canonically conjugate momentum four-vector. According to equation (7.41) on
page 137, c times a four-momentum has a zeroth (time) component which we
can identify with the total energy. Hence we require that the component p 0 of
the conjugate four-momentum vector defined according to equation (8.16) on the
preceding page be identical to the ordinary 3D Hamiltonian H divided by c and
hence that this cp 0 solves the Hamilton equations, equations (8.15) on the facing
page.1 This later consistency check is left as an exercise to the reader. 1Recall that in 3D, the Hamiltonian
equals the total energy.
Using the definition of H4 , equation (8.17) on the preceding page, and the
expression for L4 , equation (8.4) on page 148, we obtain
1
H 4 D p u L4 D p u m0 u u qu A .x / (8.19)
FT
2
Furthermore, from the definition (8.16) of the canonically conjugate four-momen-
tum p , we see that
@L4 @ 1
p D D m0 u u C qu A .x / D m0 u C qA (8.20)
@u @u 2
(8.23)
m0
and if this is used in (8.21) to eliminate u , one gets
m0 1 1
.p qA /
H4 D p qA
2 m0 m0
1
.p qA / p qA
D (8.24)
2m0
1
p p 2qA p C q 2 A A
D
2m0
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 174
. of 252
That this four-Hamiltonian yields the correct covariant equation of motion can
be seen by inserting it into the four-dimensional Hamilton equations (8.18) and
using the relation (8.23):
@H4 q @A
D .p qA /
@x m0 @x
q @A
D m0 u
m0 @x (8.25)
@A
D qu
@x
dp du @A
D D m0 q u
d d @x
where in the last step equation (8.20) on the preceding page was used. Rearranging
FT
terms, and using equation (7.80) on page 143, we obtain
du
D qu @ A @ A D qu F
m0 (8.26)
d
which is identical to the covariant equation of motion equation (8.14) on page 150.
We can therefore safely conclude that the Hamiltonian in question yields correct
results.
Recalling expression (7.47) on page 138 for the four-potential, and represent-
ing the canonically conjugate four-momentum as p D .p 0 ; p/, we obtain the
A
following scalar products:
p p D .p 0 /2 .p/2 (8.27a)
1
A p D p 0 .p A/ (8.27b)
c
R
1
A A D 2 2 .A/2 (8.27c)
c
Inserting these explicit expressions into equation (8.24) on the preceding page,
and using the fact that H4 is equal to the scalar value m0 c 2 =2, as derived in
equation (8.22) on the previous page, we obtain the equation
D
m0 c 2 q2
1 2
D .p 0 /2 .p/2 qp 0 C 2q.p A/ C 2 2 q 2 .A/2
2 2m0 c c
(8.28)
2q 0 q2
.p 0 /2
2
p .p/ 2qp A C q 2 .A/2 C 2 2 m20 c 2 D 0 (8.29)
c „ ƒ‚ … c
.p qA/2
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 175
. of 252
q
q
0
p D ˙ .p qA/2 C m20 c 2 (8.30)
c
is the ordinary 3D Hamilton function for a charged particle moving in scalar and
FT
vector potentials associated with prescribed electric and magnetic fields.
The ordinary Lagrange and Hamilton functions L and H are related to each
other by the 3D transformation [cf. the 4D transformation (8.17) between L4 and
H4 ]
LDpv H (8.32)
Using the the explicit expressions given by equation (8.31) and equation (8.32),
we obtain the explicit expression for the ordinary 3D Lagrange function
A
q
LDpv q c .p qA/2 C m20 c 2 (8.33)
where the quantity mv is the usual kinetic momentum, we can rewrite this
expression for the ordinary Lagrangian as follows:
D
q
L D qA v C mv 2 q c m2 v 2 C m20 c 2
(8.35)
s
v2
D mv 2 q. A v/ mc 2 D q C qA v m0 c 2 1
c2
FT
the fields from given, prescribed distributions of charges and currents, or we have
derived the equations of motion for charged particles in given, prescribed fields.
Let us now put the fields and the particles on an equal footing and present a
theoretical description which treats the fields, the particles, and their interactions
in a unified way. This involves transition to a field picture with an infinite number
of degrees of freedom. We shall first consider a simple mechanical problem whose
solution is well known. Then, drawing inferences from this model problem, we
apply a similar view on the electromagnetic problem.
A
8.2.1 Lagrange-Hamilton formalism for fields and interac-
tions
Consider the situation, illustrated in Figure 8.1, with N identical mass points,
each with mass m and connected to its neighbour along a one-dimensional straight
R
line, which we choose to be the x axis, by identical ideal springs with spring
constants k (Hooke’s law). At equilibrium the mass points are at rest, distributed
evenly with a distance a to their two nearest neighbours so that the equilibrium
coordinate for the ith particle is xi D iaxO . After perturbation, the motion of
mass point i will be a one-dimensional oscillatory motion along xO . Let us denote
D
the deviation for mass point i from its equilibrium position by i .t/Ox.
As is well known, the solution to this mechanical problem can be obtained if
we can find a Lagrangian (Lagrange function) L which satisfies the variational
equation
Z
ı L.i ; Pi ; t / dt D 0 (8.36)
Let us write the Lagrangian, as given by equation (8.37) above, in the following
way:
N
X
LD aLi (8.38)
iD1
where
" 2 #
1 m P2 i C1 i
Li D ka (8.39)
FT
2 a i a
a ! dx (8.40a)
m dm
! D linear mass density (8.40b)
a dx
ka ! Y Young’s modulus (8.40c)
A
i C1 i @
! (8.40d)
a @x
we obtain
Z
L D L dx (8.41)
R
where
" 2 #
@ 2
@ @ 1 @
L ; ; ;t D Y (8.42)
@t @x 2 @t @x
D
or wave functions, spinors and other fields that appear in quantum physics, on an
equal footing.
Under the assumption of time independence and fixed endpoints, the variation
principle (8.36) on page 154 yields:
Z
ı L dt
@ @
ZZ
Dı L ; ; dx dt
@t @x
2 3 (8.43)
4 @L ı C @L ı @ C @L ı @ 5 dx dt
ZZ
D
@ @ @ @t @
@ @x @x
@t
D0
ZZ
2
4 @L
@
0
@ @ @L A
@t @ @
@t
FT
As before, the last integral can be integrated by parts. This results in the expression
1 0
@ @ @L A5
@x @ @
@x
13
ı dx dt D 0
where the variation is arbitrary (and the endpoints fixed). This means that the
integrand itself must vanish. If we introduce the functional derivative
(8.44)
A
0 1
ıL @L @ @ @L A
D (8.45)
ı @ @x @ @
@x
Inserting the linear mass point chain Lagrangian density, equation (8.42) on
the previous page, into equation (8.46), we obtain the equation of motion for our
one-dimensional linear mechanical structure. It is:
@2 @2 @2 @2
2 Y 2 D D0 (8.47)
@t @x Y @t 2 @x 2
where the variation ı is arbitrary and the endpoints are fixed. This means that
the integrand itself must vanish:
0 1
@L @ @ @L A
D0 (8.49)
@x @ @
@
@x
FT
This constitutes the four-dimensional Euler-Lagrange equations.
Introducing the three-dimensional functional derivative
0 1
ıL @L @ @ @L A
D (8.50)
@x i @ @
ı @
@x i
where the mechanical part has to do with the particle motion (kinetic energy). It
is given by L4 =V where L4 is given by equation (8.3) on page 148 and V is the
FT
volume. Expressed in the rest mass density %0 , the mechanical Lagrange density
can be written
1
L mech D %0 u u (8.56)
2
The L inter part describes the interaction between the charged particles and
the external electromagnetic field. A convenient expression for this interaction
Lagrange density is
A
L inter D j A (8.57)
For the field part L field we choose the difference between magnetic and electric
energy density (in analogy with the difference between kinetic and potential
energy in a mechanical field). With the help of the field tensor, we express this
field Lagrange density as
R
1
L field D F F (8.58)
40
1 1
L tot D %0 u u C j A C F F (8.59)
2 40
1
L EM D L inter C L field D j A C F F (8.60)
40
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 181
. of 252
inserted into the Euler-Lagrange equations, expression (8.49) on page 157, yields
two of Maxwell’s equations. To see this, we note from equation (8.60) on the
facing page and the results in Example 8.1 that
@L EM
D j (8.61)
@A
Furthermore,
@L EM
1 @
@ D @ F F
@.@ A / 40 @.@ A /
i
1 @ h
D @ .@ A @ A /.@ A @ A /
40 @.@ A /
(
1 @
D @ @ A @ A @ A @ A (8.62)
FT
40 @.@ A /
)
@ A @ A C @ A @ A
1 @
D @ @ A @ A @ A @ A
20 @.@ A /
But
@ @ @
@ A @ A D @ A @ A C @ A @ A
@.@ A / @.@ A / @.@ A /
@ @
A
D @ A @ A C @ A ˛ @˛ ˇ Aˇ
@.@ A / @.@ A /
@ @
D @ A @ A C ˛ ˇ @ A @˛ Aˇ
@.@ A / @.@ A /
@ @
D @ A @ A C @˛ Aˇ @˛ Aˇ
@.@ A / @.@ A /
R
D 2@ A
(8.63)
Similarly,
@
@ A @ A D 2@ A (8.64)
D
@.@ A /
so that
@L EM
1 1
@ D @ .@ A @ A / D @ F (8.65)
@.@ A / 0 0
This means that the Euler-Lagrange equations, expression (8.49) on page 157,
for the Lagrangian density L EM and with A as the field quantity become
@L EM @L EM
1
@ D j @ F D 0 (8.66)
@A @.@ A / 0
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 182
. of 252
or
@ F D 0 j (8.67)
which, according to equation (7.82) on page 143, is a Lorentz covariant formula-
tion of Maxwell’s source equations.
FT
0 1
0 Ex =c Ey =c Ez =c
BEx =c 0 Bz By C
F D B@Ey =c
C (8.69)
Bz 0 Bx A
Ez =c By Bx 0
and from formula (7.81) on page 143 that
0 1
0 Ex =c Ey =c Ez =c
B Ex =c 0 Bz By C
F D B @ Ey =c
C (8.70)
Bz 0 Bx A
Ez =c By Bx 0
where denotes the row number and the column number. Then, Einstein summation and
A
direct substitution yields
F F D F 00 F00 C F 01 F01 C F 02 F02 C F 03 F03
C F 10 F10 C F 11 F11 C F 12 F12 C F 13 F13
C F 20 F20 C F 21 F21 C F 22 F22 C F 23 F23
C F 30 F30 C F 31 F31 C F 32 F32 C F 33 F33
R
D0 Ex2 =c 2 Ey2 =c 2 Ez2 =c 2
(8.71)
Ex2 =c 2 C 0 C Bz2 C By2
Ey2 =c 2 C Bz2 C 0 C Bx2
Ez2 =c 2 C By2 C Bx2 C 0
D
where, in the last step, the identity "0 0 D 1=c 2 was used. QED
End of example 8.1C
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 183
. of 252
. 2 m2 / D 0 (8.74)
FT
with the solution
mjxj
!t / e
D e i.kx (8.75)
jxj
which describes the Yukawa meson field for a scalar meson with mass m. With
1 @
D (8.76)
c 2 @t
we obtain the Hamilton density
A
1h 2 2 i
H D c C .r /2 C m2 2 (8.77)
2
which is positive definite.
Another Lagrangian density which has attracted quite some interest is the
Proca Lagrangian
R
1
L EM D L inter C L field D j A C F F C m2 A A (8.78)
40
which leads to the dynamic equation
@ F m2 A D 0 j
D
(8.79)
This equation describes an electromagnetic field with a mass, or, in other words,
massive photons. If massive photons would exist, large-scale magnetic fields,
including those of the earth and galactic spiral arms, would be significantly modi-
fied to yield measurable discrepancies from their usual form. Space experiments
of this kind on board satellites have led to stringent upper bounds on the photon
mass. If the photon really has a mass, it will have an impact on electrodynamics
as well as on cosmology and astrophysics.
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 184
. of 252
8.3 Bibliography
[57] A. O. BARUT, Electrodynamics and Classical Theory of Fields and Particles, Dover
Publications, Inc., New York, NY, 1980, ISBN 0-486-64038-8.
[61] L. D. L ANDAU AND E. M. L IFSHITZ, The Classical Theory of Fields, fourth revised
FT
English ed., vol. 2 of Course of Theoretical Physics, Pergamon Press, Ltd., Oxford . . . ,
1975, ISBN 0-08-025072-6.
[64] D. E. S OPER, Classical Field Theory, John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, London,
Sydney and Toronto, 1976, ISBN 0-471-81368-0.
A
R
D
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 185
. of 252
9
ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS AND
MAT TER
FT
The microscopic Maxwell equations derived in Chapter 1, which in Chapter 2
were chosen as the axiomatic basis for the treatment in the remainder of the
book, are valid on all scales where a classical description is good. They provide
a correct physical picture for arbitrary field and source distributions, on macro-
scopic and, under certain assumptions, microscopic scales. A more complete
A
and accurate theory, valid also when quantum effects are significant, is provided
by quantum electrodynamics. QED gives a consistent description of how elec-
tromagnetic fields are quantised into photons and describes their intrinsic and
extrinsic properties. However, this theory is beyond the scope of the current book.
In a material medium, be it in a solid, fluid or gaseous state or a combination
R
thereof, it is sometimes convenient to replace the Maxwell-Lorentz equations
(2.1) on page 20 by the corresponding macroscopic Maxwell equations in which
auxiliary, derived fields are introduced. These auxiliary fields, viz., the electric
displacement vector D (measured in C m 2 ) and the magnetising field H (mea-
sured in A m 1 ), incorporate intrinsic electromagnetic properties of macroscopic
D
matter, or properties that appear when the medium is immersed fully or partially
in an electromagnetic field. Consequently, they represent, respectively, electric
and magnetic field quantities in which, in an average sense, the material properties
of the substances are already included. In the most general case, these derived
fields are complicated, possibly non-local and nonlinear, functions of the primary
fields E and B :1 1An example of this are chiral
media.
D D D.t; xI E; B/ (9.1a)
H D H.t; xI E; B/ (9.1b)
163
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 186
. of 252
A general treatment of these fields will not be included here. Only simplified, but
important and illuminating examples will be given.
D "E (9.2)
1
H B (9.3)
FT
i.e., that the electric displacement vector D.t; x/ is only linearly dependent on the
electric field E.t; x/, and the magnetising field H.t; x/ is only linearly dependent
on the magnetic field B.t; x/. In this chapter we derive these linearised forms, and
then consider a simple, explicit linear model for a medium from which we derive
the expression for the dielectric permittivity ".t; x/, the magnetic susceptibility
.t; x/, and the refractive index or index of refraction n.t; x/ of this medium.
Using this simple model, we study certain interesting aspects of the propagation
of electromagnetic particles and waves in the medium.
A
9.1.1 Polarisation and electric displacement
By writing the first microscopic Maxwell-Lorentz equation (2.1a) on page 20
as in equation (6.22) on page 83, i.e., in a form where the total charge density
.t; x/ is split into the charge density for free, ‘true’ charges, true , and the charge
R
density, pol , for bound polarisation charges induced by the applied field E, as
2
and at the same time introducing the electric displacement vector (C m )
the field E, was included in the above separation into true and induced charge
densities. Contributions to D from higher-order electric moments were neglected.
This is one of the approximations assumed.
Another approximation is the assumption that there exists a simple linear
relationship between P and E in the material medium under consideration
This approximation is often valid for regular media if the field strength jEj is
low enough. Here the variations in time and space of the the material dependent
electric susceptibility, e , are usually on much slower and longer scales than for
E itself.2 Inserting the approximation (9.7) into equation (9.57) on page 176, we 2 The fact that the relation between
the dipole moment per unit volume
can write the latter
FT
P and the applied electric field E
is local in time and space is yet
D.t; x/ D ".t; x/E.t; x/ (9.8) another approximation assumed in
macroscopic Maxwell theory.
where, approximately,
will have to be replaced by a tensor. This would still describe a linear relationship
between E and P but one where the linear proportionally factor, or, as we shall
R
call it, the dispersive property of the medium, is dependent on the direction in
space.
In general, however, the relationship is not of a simple linear form as in
equation (9.7) above but non-linear terms are important. In such a situation
the principle of superposition is no longer valid and non-linear effects such as
D
1. In analogy with true charges for the electric case, we may have true currents
j true , i.e., a physical transport of true (free) charges.
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 188
. of 252
FT
ment, corresponding to the electric dipole moment, formula (6.13b) on page 81,
is the magnetic dipole moment [cf. the Fourier component expression (6.61) on
page 92]
1
Z
m.t / D d3x 0 .x0 x0 / j.t 0 ; x0 / (9.11)
2 V0
Analogously to the electric case, one may, for a distribution of magnetic dipole
moments in a volume, describe this volume in terms of its magnetisation, or
magnetic dipole moment per unit volume, M. Via the definition of the vector
potential A one can show that the magnetisation current and the magnetisation is
A
simply related:
jM D r M (9.12)
@P
j total D j true C Cr M (9.13)
@t
One might then, be led to think that the right-hand side (RHS) of the r B
Maxwell equation (2.1d) on page 20 should be
D
@P
RHS D 0 j true C Cr M
@t
However, moving the term r M from the right hand side (RHS) to the left
hand side (LHS) and introducing the magnetising field (magnetic field intensity,
Ampère-turn density) as
B
HD M (9.14)
0
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 189
. of 252
and using the definition for D, equation (9.57) on page 176, we find that
LHS D r H
@P @D @E
RHS D j true C D j true C "0
@t @t @t
Hence, in this simplistic view, we would pick up a term "0 @E=@t which makes
the equation inconsistent: the divergence of the left hand side vanishes while the
divergence of the right hand side does not! Maxwell realised this and to overcome
this inconsistency he was forced to add his famous displacement current term
which precisely compensates for the last term the RHS expression. In Chapter 1,
we discussed an alternative way, based on the postulate of conservation of electric
charge, to introduce the displacement current.
FT
We may, in analogy with the electric case, introduce a magnetic susceptibility
for the medium. Denoting it m , we can write
1
H.t; x/ D .t; x/B.t; x/ (9.15)
where, approximately,
and
A
.t; x/
m .t; x/ D D 1 C m .t; x/ (9.17)
0
is the relative permeability. In the case of anisotropy, m will be a tensor, but it is
still only a linear approximation.4 4 This is the case for the Hall
effect which produces a potential
difference across an electric
R
conduction current channel,
9.1.3 Macroscopic Maxwell equations orthogonal to this current, in
the presence of an external
Field equations, expressed in terms of the derived, and therefore in principle magnetic field which is likewise
perpendicular to the current. This
superfluous, field quantities D and H are obtained from the Maxwell-Lorentz effect was discovered 1879 by the
microscopic equations (2.1) on page 20, by replacing the E and B in the two US physicist E D W I N H E R B E R T
D
H A L L (1855–1938).
source equations by using the approximate relations formula (9.8) on page 165
and formula (9.15) above, respectively:
r D D true (9.18a)
@B
r ED (9.18b)
@t
r B D0 (9.18c)
@D
r H D j true C (9.18d)
@t
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 190
. of 252
FT
charged particles such as electrons
and protons, which possess a 9.2 Phase velocity, group velocity and dispersion
quantum mechanical property
called spin that gives rise to
If we introduce the phase velocity in the medium as
magnetism!
1 1 c
v' D p Dp Dp (9.19)
" e "0 m 0 e m
p
where, according to equation (1.13) on page 6, c D 1= "0 0 is the speed of
light, i.e., the phase speed of electromagnetic waves, in vacuum. Associated with
the phase speed of a medium for a wave of a given frequency ! we have a wave
A
vector, defined as
def ! v'
k k kO D k vO ' D (9.20)
v' v'
The ratio of the phase speed in vacuum and in the medium
R
c p p def
D e m D c " n (9.21)
v'
where the material dependent quantity
def c p
n.t; x/ D e .t; x/m .t; x/ (9.22)
v'
D
FT
Except in regions of anomalous dispersion, vg is always smaller than c. In a gas
of free charges, such as a plasma, the refractive index is given by the expression
2
!p2
n .!/ D 1 (9.25)
!2
where
X N q 2
!p2 D (9.26)
"0 m
is the square of the plasma frequency !p . Here m and N denote the mass and
A
number density, respectively, of charged particle species . In an inhomogeneous
plasma, N D N .x/ so that the refractive index and also the phase and group
velocities are space dependent. As can be easily seen, for each given frequency,
the phase and group velocities in a plasma are different from each other. If the
frequency ! is such that it coincides with !p at some point in the medium, then
R
at that point v' ! 1 while vg ! 0 and the wave Fourier component at ! is
reflected there.
L
9.3.1 Vavilov-Cerenkov radiation
As we saw in Subsection 6.3, a charge in uniform, rectilinear motion in vacuum
does not give rise to any radiation; see in particular equation (6.137a) on page 110.
Let us now consider a charge in uniform, rectilinear motion in a medium with elec-
tric properties which are different from those of a (classical) vacuum. Specifically,
consider a medium where
FT
v' D Dp <c (9.30)
n "0
Hence, in this particular medium, the speed of propagation of (the phase planes of)
electromagnetic waves is less than the speed of light in vacuum, which we know
is an absolute limit for the motion of anything, including particles. A medium
of this kind has the interesting property that particles, entering into the medium
at high speeds jv 0 j, which, of course, are below the phase speed in vacuum, can
experience that the particle speeds are higher than the phase speed in the medium.
L
This is the basis for the Vavilov-Cerenkov radiation, more commonly known in
A
the western literature as Cherenkov radiation, that we shall now study.
If we recall the general derivation, in the vacuum case, of the retarded (and
advanced) potentials in Chapter 3 and the Liénard-Wiechert potentials, equations
(6.100) on page 102, we realise that we obtain the latter in the medium by a
simple formal replacement c ! c=n in the expression (6.101) on page 102 for s.
Hence, the Liénard-Wiechert potentials in a medium characterized by a refractive
R
index n, are
1 q0 1 q0
.t; x/ D ˇ ˇ D (9.31a)
4"0 ˇˇjx x0 /v 0 ˇ 4"0 s
x0 j n .x c ˇ
1 q0v 0 1 q0v 0
D
A.t; x/ D ˇ ˇ D (9.31b)
4"0 c 2 ˇˇjx x0 j n .x x0 /v 0 ˇ 4"0 c 2 s
c ˇ
where now
x0 / v 0 ˇˇ
ˇ ˇ
ˇˇ 0ˇ
ˇ .x
s D ˇˇˇx x n (9.32)
c ˇ
The need for the absolute value of the expression for s is obvious in the case
when v 0 =c 1=n because then the second term can be larger than the first term;
if v 0 =c 1=n we recover the well-known vacuum case but with modified phase
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 193
. of 252
FT
speed. We also note that the retarded and advanced times in the medium are [cf.
equation (3.47) on page 38]
0 0 k jx x0 j jx x0 j n
.t; ˇx x0 ˇ/ D t
ˇ ˇ
tret D tret Dt (9.33a)
! c
0 0 k jx x0 j jx x0 j n
.t; ˇx x0 ˇ/ D t C
ˇ ˇ
tadv D tadv DtC (9.33b)
! c
so that the usual time interval t t 0 between the time measured at the point of
observation and the retarded time in a medium becomes
jx x0 j n
A
t t0 D (9.34)
c
For v 0 =c 1=n, the retarded distance s, and therefore the denominators in
equations (9.31) on the facing page, vanish when
v0 ˇ nv 0
n.x x0 / D ˇx x0 ˇ cos c D ˇx x0 ˇ
ˇ ˇ ˇ
(9.35)
c c
R
or, equivalently, when
c
cos c D (9.36)
nv 0
In the direction defined by this angle c , the potentials become singular. During
the time interval t t 0 given by expression (9.34) above, the field exists within a
D
sphere of radius jx x0 j around the particle while the particle moves a distance
l 0 D .t t 0 /v 0 (9.37)
along the direction of v 0 .
In the direction c where the potentials are singular, all field spheres are tangent
to a straight cone with its apex at the instantaneous position of the particle and
with the apex half angle ˛c defined according to
c
sin ˛c D cos c D (9.38)
nv 0
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 194
. of 252
FT
Cerenkov as the author, and
submitted it to Nature. In the q 0 i!x 0 =v0
manuscript, Vavilov explained j! D e ı.y 0 /ı.z 0 /Ox1 (9.40)
the results in terms of radioactive 2
particles creating Compton
electrons which gave rise to the This Fourier component can be used in the formulæ derived for a linear current in
radiation. This was indeed the Subsection 6.4.1 if only we make the replacements
correct interpretation, but the paper
was rejected. The paper was then
sent to Physical Review and was, "0 ! " D n 2 "0 (9.41a)
after some controversy with the n!
American editors, who claimed k! (9.41b)
the results to be wrong, eventually
c
published in 1937. In the same year, In this manner, using j! from equation (9.40) above, the resulting Fourier trans-
A
IGOR’ EVGEN’EVICH TAMM
and I L Y A M I K H A I L O V I C H L
forms of the Vavilov-Cerenkov magnetic and electric radiation fields can be
F R A N K published the theory for calculated from the expressions (4.10) on page 48) and (4.25) on page 51, respec-
the effect (‘the singing electron’).
In fact, predictions of a similar tively.
effect had been made as early as The total energy content is then obtained from equation (6.8) on page 80
1888 by O L I V E R H E A V I S I D E ,
and by A R N O L D J O H A N N E S (integrated over a closed sphere at large distances). For a Fourier component one
R
W I L H E L M S O M M E R F E L D in obtains [cf. equation (6.11) on page 80]
his 1904 paper ‘Radiating body
moving with velocity of light’. On ˇZ ˇ2
8 May, 1937, Sommerfeld sent a rad 1 ˇ 3 0 ikx0 ˇ
ˇ
U! d ˇ d x .j ! k/e ˇ d
letter to Tamm via Austria, saying 4"0 nc ˇ V 0
that he was surprised that his old ˇ2 (9.42)
q 0 2 n! 2 ˇˇ 1
ˇZ h !
1904 ideas were now becoming
i
0 0ˇ 2
ˇ
D exp ix k cos dx ˇ sin d
D
FT
near cos c D c=.nv 0 /. This means that the integrand function is practically zero
outside the integration interval 2 Œ 1; 1. Consequently, one may extend the
integration interval to . 1; 1/ without introducing too much an error. Via yet
another variable substitution we can therefore approximate
h i
Z 1 sin2 1 C nv0 X!0
c2 cX 1 sin2 x
Z
c v
sin2 c i2 d 1 dx
n2 v 02 !n 1 x 2
h
1 nv 0 !
1C c v0
c2
cX
D 1
A
!n n2 v 02
(9.45)
leading to the final approximate result for the total energy loss in the frequency
interval .!; ! C d!/
q02X c2
R
UQ !rad d! D 1 ! d! (9.46)
2"0 c 2 n2 v 02
As mentioned earlier, the refractive index is usually frequency dependent.
Realising this, we find that the radiation energy per frequency unit and per unit
length is
D
UQ !rad d! q02! c2
D 1 d! (9.47)
2X 4"0 c 2 n2 .!/v 02
This result was derived under the assumption that v 0 =c > 1=n.!/, i.e., under
the condition that the expression inside the parentheses in the right hand side is
positive. For all media it is true that n.!/ ! 1 when ! ! 1, so there exist
L
always a highest frequency for which we can obtain Vavilov-Cerenkov radiation
from a fast charge in a medium. Our derivation above for a fixed value of n is
valid for each individual Fourier component.
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 196
. of 252
1 @2 E r @j
r 2E D 0 (9.48a)
c 2 @t 2 "0 @t
1 @2 B
r 2 B D 0 r j (9.48b)
c 2 @t 2
where the charge density and the current density j were viewed as the sources
of the wave fields. As we recall, these wave equations were derived from the
Maxwell-Lorentz equations (2.1) on page 20, taken as an axiomatic foundation,
FT
or postulates, of electromagnetic theory. As such, these equations just state what
relations exist between (the second order derivatives of) the fields, i.e., essentially
the Coulomb and Ampère forces, and the dynamics of the charges (charge and
current densities) in the region under study.
Even if the and j terms in the Maxwell-Lorentz equations are often referred
to as the source terms, they can equally well be viewed as terms that describe
the impact on matter in a particular region upon which an electromagnetic wave,
produced in another region with its own charges and currents, impinges. In order
to do so, one needs to find the constitutive relations that describe how charge and
current densities are induced by the impinging fields. Then one can solve the
A
wave equations (9.48) above. In general, this is a formidable task, and one must
often resort to numerical methods.
Let us, for simplicity, assume that the linear relations, as given by formula
(9.8) on page 165 and formula (9.15) on page 167, hold, and that there is also
a linear relation between the electric field E and the current density, known as
R
Ohm’s law:
where is the conductivity of the medium. Let us make the further assumption
that " D ".x/, D .x/, and .x/ are not explicitly dependent on time and are
D
@E @2 E
r 2E .x/ .x/ ".x/.x/ D .r E/ r ln .x/
@t @t 2 (9.50a)
r Œr ln ".x/ E C r
"
2
@H @ H
r 2 H .x/ .x/ ".x/.x/ 2 D .r H/ r ln ".x/
@t @t (9.50b)
r Œr ln .x/ H C r ln ".x/ ..x/E/ Œr .x/ E
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 197
. of 252
For the case D 0 (no magnetisation) and D Const in the medium, equations
(9.50) on the facing page simplify to
@E @2 E
r 2E 0 .x/ ".x/0 2 D r Œr ln ".x/ E (9.51a)
@t @t
@B @2 B
r 2B 0 .x/ ".x/0 2 D .r B/ r ln ".x/
@t @t (9.51b)
C0 r ln ".x/ .E/ 0 Œr .x/ E
Making the further assumption that the medium is not conductive, i.e., that
D 0, the uncoupled wave equations
".x/ @2 E
r 2E D r fŒr ln ".x/ Eg (9.52a)
"0 c 2 @t 2
".x/ @2 B
FT
r 2B D .r B/ Œr ln ".x/ (9.52b)
"0 c 2 @t 2
are obtained.
So the equation of motion for each electron in the medium can be written
d2 x dx
m 2
C m D qE (9.53)
dt dt
where m and q are the mass and charge of the electron, respectively, the
effective collision frequency representing the frictional dissipative force from
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 198
. of 252
the surrounding medium, and E the effective applied electric field sensed by the
electron. For a Fourier component of the electric field E D E0 exp . i!t/, the
equation of motion becomes
q2
! 2 qx.t / i!qx.t/ D E (9.54)
m
If the electron is at equilibrium x D 0 when E D 0, then its dipole moment is
d.t / D qx.t /. Inserting this in equation (9.54) above, we obtain
q2
dD (9.55)
m.! 2 C i!/
This is the the lowest order contribution to the dipole moment of the medium
FT
from each electron under the influence of the assumed electric field. If Nd .x/
electrons per unit volume can be assumed to give rise to the electric polarisation
P , this becomes
Nd q 2
P D Nd d D E (9.56)
m.! 2 C i!/
The quantity
R
s
Nd .x/q 2
!p .x/ D (9.59)
"0 m
s s
".x/ !p2
n.x/ D D 1 (9.60)
"0 ! 2 C i!
is called the refractive index. At points in the medium where the wave frequency
! equals this plasma frequency and the collision frequency vanishes, the
refractive index n D 0, and the wave is totally reflected. In the ionised outer
part of the atmosphere called the ionosphere this happens for radio waves of
frequencies up to about 10 MHz. This is the basis for over-the-horizon radio
communications.
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 199
. of 252
FT
@E 1 @2 E
r 2E 0 D0 (9.61)
@t c 2 @t 2
@B 1 @2 B
r 2B 0 D0 (9.62)
@t c 2 @t 2
which are the homogeneous vector wave equations for E and B in a conducting
medium without EMF.
We notice that for the simple propagation media considered here, the wave
equation for the magnetic field B has exactly the same mathematical form as the
wave equation for the electric field E, equation (9.61). Therefore, in this case
A
it suffices to consider only the E field, since the results for the B field follow
trivially. For EM waves propagating in more complicated media, containing,
e.g., inhomogeneities, the wave equations for E and for B do not have the same
mathematical form.
Following the spectral component prescription leading to equation (2.28)
R
on page 26, we obtain, in the special case under consideration, the following
time-independent wave equation
!2
r 2 E0 C 2 1 C i E0 D 0 (9.63)
c "0 !
medium in question, we see that the differential equation for each spectral com-
ponent can be written
!2
2 i
r E.t; x/ C 2 1 C E.t; x/ D 0 (9.64)
c !
In the limit of long (low conductivity ), (9.64) tends to
!2
r 2E C ED0 (9.65)
c2
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 200
. of 252
r 2 E C i!0 E D 0 (9.66)
FT
c
p
we can write, using the fact that c D 1= "0 0 according to equation (1.13) on
page 6,
r
1 1 0
D D D D R0 (9.68)
! "0 ! "0 ck k "0 k
where in the last step we used the characteristic impedance of vacuum defined
according to formula (6.3) on page 79.
@ @t
@B
nO D0 (9.70c)
@
@B @E @E
nO D 0 j.t; x/ C "0 0 D 0 E C "0 0 (9.70d)
@ @t @t
O we find that
Scalar multiplying (9.70d) by n,
@B @
0 D nO nO D nO 0 C "0 0 E (9.71)
@ @t
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 201
. of 252
which simplifies to the first-order ordinary differential equation for the normal
component En of the electric field
dEn
C En D 0 (9.72)
dt "0
with the solution
t ="0 t =
E n D E n0 e D E n0 e (9.73)
This, together with (9.70a), shows that the longitudinal component of E, i.e., the
component which is perpendicular to the plane surface is independent of and
has a time dependence which exhibits an exponential decay, with a decrement
given by the relaxation time in the medium.
FT
O we similarly find that
Scalar multiplying (9.70b) by n,
@E @B
0 D nO nO D nO (9.74)
@ @t
or
@B
nO D0 (9.75)
@t
From this, and (9.70c), we conclude that the only longitudinal component of B
A
must be constant in both time and space. In other words, the only non-static
solution must consist of transverse components.
so that D 0, then the equation takes the form of the one-dimensional wave
equation
@2 E 1 @2 E
D0 (9.77)
@ 2 c 2 @t 2
As is well known, each component of this equation has a solution which can be
written
Ei D f . ct / C g. C ct /; i D 1; 2; 3 (9.78)
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 202
. of 252
FT
By introducing the wave vector
! !
k D k nO D nO D kO (9.81)
c c
this solution can be written as
!t/
E D E0 e i.kx (9.82)
Let us consider the lower sign in front of k in the exponent in (9.80). This
corresponds to a wave which propagates in the direction of increasing . Inserting
A
this solution into equation (9.70b) on page 178, gives
@E
nO D i!B D ik nO E (9.83)
@
or, solving for B,
R
k 1 1 p
BD nO E D k E D kO E D "0 0 nO E (9.84)
! ! c
Hence, to each transverse component of E, there exists an associated magnetic
field given by equation (9.84). If E and/or B has a direction in space which is
constant in time, we have a plane wave.
D
Allowing now for a finite conductivity in our medium, and making the
spectral component Ansatz in equation (9.76) on the previous page, we find that
the time-independent telegrapher’s equation can be written
@2 E 2 @2 E
C " 0 0 ! E C i0 !E D C K 2E D 0 (9.85)
@ 2 @ 2
where
!2
2 2 2
K D "0 0 ! 1Ci D 2 1Ci Dk 1Ci (9.86)
"0 ! c "0 ! "0 !
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 203
. of 252
where, in the last step, equation (9.67) on page 178 was used to introduce the
wave number k. Taking the square root of this expression, we obtain
r
K Dk 1Ci D ˛ C iˇ (9.87)
"0 !
ˇ2 D ˛2 k2 (9.89)
2
FT
k
˛ˇ D (9.90)
2"0 !
Squaring the latter and combining with the former, one obtains the second order
algebraic equation (in ˛ 2 )
k4 2
˛ 2 .˛ 2 k2/ D (9.91)
4"20 ! 2
ˇ i.˛ !t /
E D E0 e e (9.93)
D
With the aid of equation (9.84) on the facing page we can calculate the associated
magnetic field, and find that it is given by
1 O 1 1
BD K k E D .kO E/.˛ C iˇ/ D .kO E/ jAj e i
(9.94)
! ! !
where we have, in the last step, rewritten ˛ C iˇ in the amplitude-phase form
jAj exp.i
/. From the above, we immediately see that E, and consequently also
B, is damped, and that E and B in the wave are out of phase.
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 204
. of 252
In this limit we find that when the wave impinges perpendicularly upon the
medium, the fields are given, inside the medium, by
r r
0 ! 0 !
E0 D E0 exp exp i !t (9.96a)
2 2
FT
r
0 0
B D .1 C i/ .nO E0 / (9.96b)
2!
Hence, both fields fall off by a factor 1=e at a distance
s
2
ıD (9.97)
0 !
@2 E @E @2 E
" D0 (9.98)
R
@ 2 @t @t 2
describing (1D) wave propagation in a material medium.
In Chapter 2 we concluded that the existence of a finite conductivity, mani-
festing itself in a collisional interaction between the charge carriers, causes the
waves to decay exponentially with time and space. Let us therefore assume that
D
@2 E @2 E
" D0 (9.99)
@ 2 @t 2
As in the vacuum case discussed in Chapter 2, assuming that E is time-
harmonic, i.e., can be represented by a Fourier component proportional to
exp. i!t /, the solution of equation (9.99) can be written
!t/
E D E0 e i.kx (9.100)
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 205
. of 252
where now k is the wave vector in the medium given by equation (9.20) on
page 168. With these definitions, the vacuum formula for the associated magnetic
field, equation (9.84) on page 180,
p O 1 O 1
BD " k E D kED kE (9.101)
v' !
is valid also in a material medium (assuming, as mentioned, that n has a fixed
constant scalar value). A consequence of a e ¤ 1 is that the electric field will, in
general, have a longitudinal component.
FT
(Dirac’s symmetrised Maxwell equations) [cf. equations (1.50) on page 16]
e
r ED (9.102a)
"0
@B
r ED 0 j m (9.102b)
@t
r B D 0 m (9.102c)
@E
r B D "0 0 C 0 j e (9.102d)
@t
under the assumption of vanishing net electric and magnetic charge densities and in the
absence of electromotive and magnetomotive forces. Interpret this equation physically.
A
Assume, for symmetry reasons, that there exists a linear relation between the magnetic
current density j m and the magnetic field B (the magnetic dual of Ohm’s law for electric
currents, j e D e E)
jm D m B (9.103)
Taking the curl of (9.102b) and using (9.102d), one finds, noting that "0 0 D 1=c 2 , that
R
@
r .r E/ D 0 r j m .r B/
@t
@ 1 @E
D 0 m r B 0 j e C 2 (9.104)
@t c @t
1 @2 E
1 @E @E
D 0 m 0 e E C 2 0 e
D
c @t @t c 2 @t 2
Using the vector operator identity r .r E/ D r .r E/ r 2 E, and the fact that
r E D 0 for a vanishing net electric charge, we can rewrite the wave equation as
m @E 1 @2 E
r 2 E 0 e C 2 20 m e E D 0 (9.105)
c @t c 2 @t 2
This is the homogeneous electromagnetodynamic wave equation for E that we were after.
Compared to the ordinary electrodynamic wave equation for E, equation (9.61) on page 177,
we see that we pick up extra terms. In order to understand what these extra terms mean
physically, we analyse the time-independent wave equation for a single Fourier component.
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 206
. of 252
m !2
r 2 E C i!0 e C 2 E C 2 E 20 m e E
c c
2
" # (9.106)
e C m =c 2
! 1 0 m e
D r2E C 2 1 C i ED0
c ! 2 "0 "0 !
Realising that, according to formula (6.3) on page 79, 0 ="0 is the square of the vacuum
radiation resistance R0 , and rearranging a bit, we obtain the time-independent wave equation
in Dirac’s symmetrised electrodynamics
0 1
!
!2 R02 m e e C m =c 2
r2E C
B C
B1 C i
c2
1
!2
R02 AE D 0;
C
(9.107)
@
"0 ! 1 m e
FT
!2
p
! ¤ R0 m e
From this equation we conclude that the existence of magnetic charges (magnetic mono-
poles), and non-vanishing electric and magnetic conductivities would lead to a shift in
the effective wave number of the wave. Furthermore, even if the electric conductivity e
vanishes, the imaginary term does not necessarily vanish and the wave therefore experiences
damping or growth according as m is positive or negative, respectively. This would happen
in a hypothetical medium which is a perfect insulator for electric currents but which can
carry magnetic currents.
p
A
def
Finally, we note that in the particular case ! D R0 m e !m , the time-independent
wave equation equation (9.106) above becomes a time-independent diffusion equation
m
r 2 E C i!0 e C 2 E D 0 (9.108)
c
R
which in time domain corresponds to the time-dependent diffusion equation
@E
Dr 2 E D0 (9.109)
@t
1
DD (9.110)
m
0 e C c2
Hence, electromagnetic waves with this particular frequency do not propagate. This means
that if magnetic charges (monopoles) exist in a region in the Universe, electromagnetic waves
propagating through this region would, in this simplistic model, exhibit a lower cutoff at
! D !m . This would in fact impose a lower limit on the mass of the photon, the quantum of
the electromagnetic field that we shall come across later.
9.5 Bibliography
[65] E. H ALLÉN, Electromagnetic Theory, Chapman & Hall, Ltd., London, 1962.
[66] J. D. JACKSON, Classical Electrodynamics, third ed., John Wiley & Sons, Inc.,
New York, NY . . . , 1999, ISBN 0-471-30932-X.
FT
A
R
D
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 208
. of 252
FT
A
R
D
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 209
. of 252
f
FORMULÆ
F .1
F .1.1
The electromagnetic field
FT
The microscopic Maxwell equations
A
r ED (F.1)
"0
r B D0 (F.2)
@B
r ED (F.3)
@t
@E
R
r B D 0 j C "0 0 (F.4)
@t
1
D
"0 0 D 2 (F.5)
r c
0
D R0 . 376:7/ (F.6)
"0
D "E (F.7)
B
H (F.8)
j E (F.9)
P "0 E (F.10)
187
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 210
. of 252
188 j 6. FORMULÆ
B Dr A (F.11)
@
ED r A (F.12)
@t
F .1.3
F .1.3.1
SD
F .1.3.2
Force and energy
1
0
EB FT
The Poynting vector in vacuum
F .2 Electromagnetic radiation
i0 e ikjxj
Z
ikx0
B!far .x/ D d3 x 0 e j! k (F.19)
4 jxj V0
i e ikjxj
Z
ikx0
Efar
! .x/ D O
x d3 x 0 e j! k (F.20)
4"0 c jxj V0
!0 e ikjxj
B!far .x/ D d! k (F.21)
4 jxj
FT
1 e ikjxj
Efar
! .x/ D .d! k/ k (F.22)
4"0 jxj
0 e ikjxj
B!far .x/ D .m! k/ k (F.23)
4 jxj
A
k e ikjxj
Efar
! .x/ D m! k (F.24)
4"0 c jxj
v 02 x0 / vP 0
q .x
E.t; x/ D .x x0 / 1 C .x x0 /
4"0 s 3 c2 c2
(F.27)
E.t; x/
B.t; x/ D .x x0 / (F.28)
cjx x0 j
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 212
. of 252
190 j 6. FORMULÆ
v0
x0 ˇ x0 /
ˇ ˇ
s D ˇx .x (F.29)
c
v0
x x0 D .x x0 / jx x0 j (F.30)
0 c
@t jx x0 j
D (F.31)
@t x s
F .3 Special relativity
F .3.2
BB0
D B
@0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
FT
0
0
1
0
0
0C
0A
1
1
C
C
0 0 0 1
D
1
Dp (F.36)
1 ˇ2
v
ˇD (F.37)
c
F .3.5 Four-velocity
dx
u D D
.c; v / (F.39)
d
F .3.6 Four-momentum
E
p D m0 u D ;p (F.40)
c
FT
j D 0 u (F.41)
F .3.8 Four-potential
A D ;A (F.42)
c
0 1
0 Ex =c Ey =c Ez =c
R
BE =c 0 Bz By C
x
F D B
(F.44)
B C
@Ey =c Bz 0 Bx A
C
Ez =c By Bx 0
D
F .4 Vector relations
Let x be the radius vector (coordinate vector) from the origin to the point
.x1 ; x2 ; x3 / .x; y; z/ in 3D Euclidean space R3 and let jxj denote the mag-
nitude (‘length’) of x. Let further ˛.x/; ˇ.x/; : : : , be arbitrary scalar fields,
a.x/; b.x/; : : : , arbitrary vector fields, and A.x/; B.x/; : : : , arbitrary rank-2 ten-
sor fields in this space. Let denote complex conjugate and denote Hermitian
conjugate (transposition and, where applicable, complex conjugation).
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 214
. of 252
192 j 6. FORMULÆ
3
X @ def @ def
r Oi
x x Oi @ (F.45)
@xi @xi
i D1
FT
F .4.1.1 Base vectors
O D dl D dr rO C r d ™O C r sin d' ®
dx x O (F.49)
O ix
1Dx Oi (F.53)
0 1
1 0 0
.1/ D @0 1 0A (F.54)
B C
0 0 1
FT
Oi
M D Mi x (F.55)
c ab D .c a/b (F.66)
ab c D a.b c/ (F.67)
c ab D .c a/b (F.68)
ab c D a.b c/ (F.69)
ab cd D .b c/ad (F.70)
a .b c/ D .a b/ c (F.71)
a .b c/ D ba c ca b D b.a c/ c.a b/ (F.72)
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 216
. of 252
194 j 6. FORMULÆ
a .b c/ C b .c a/ C c .a b/ D 0 (F.73)
.a b/ .c d/ D a Œb .c d/ D .a c/.b d/ .a d/.b c/ (F.74)
.a b/ .c d/ D .a b d/c .a b c/d (F.75)
1aDa1Da (F.76)
1aDa1 (F.77)
0 1
0 a3 a2
.1 a/ D .a 1/ D @ a3 0 a1 A D iM a (F.78)
B C
a2 a1 0
FT
a .1 b/ D a b (F.79)
a .1 b/ D a b (F.80)
1 .a b/ D ba ab (F.81)
O i @i ˛
r˛ D x (F.82)
O ix
ra D x O j @i aj (F.83)
A
r a D @i ai (F.84)
a r D ai @i (F.85)
O i @j ak
r a D ij k x (F.86)
O i aj @k
a r D ij k x (F.87)
R
r .˛ˇ/ D ˛r ˇ C ˇr ˛ (F.88)
r .a b/ D .r a/ b C .r b/ a (F.89)
r .a b/ D .r a/ b .r b/ a (F.90)
r .˛a/ D a r ˛ C ˛r a (F.91)
r .a b/ D b .r a/ a .r b/ (F.92)
D
r r ˛ D r 2˛ (F.100)
O i @i @j aj
r r a D r .r a/ D x (F.101)
r .r a/ D 0 (F.102)
r r˛ D 0 (F.103)
r .1˛/ D r ˛ (F.104)
r .1 a/ D r a (F.105)
r .1 a/ D r a (F.106)
r xD3 (F.107)
FT
r xD0 (F.108)
rx D 1 (F.109)
r .x k/ D k (F.110)
r .x a/ D a C x.r a/ C .x r / a (F.111)
x
r jxj D (F.112)
jxj
x x0
r jx x0 j D D r 0 jx x0 j
(F.113)
jx x0 j
A
1 x
r D (F.114)
jxj jxj3
x x0
1 0 1
r D D r (F.115)
jx x0 j jx x0 j3 jx x0 j
x 1
r 3
D r2 D 4ı.x/ (F.116)
jxj jxj
R
x x0
2 1
r D r D 4ı.x x0 / (F.117)
jx x0 j3 jx x0 j
k 1 kx
r Dk r D (F.118)
jxj jxj jxj3
x kx
D
r k 3
D r if jxj ¤ 0 (F.119)
jxj jxj3
k 1
r2 D kr 2 D 4kı.x/ (F.120)
jxj jxj
r .k a/ D k.r a/ C k .r a/ r .k a/ (F.121)
196 j 6. FORMULÆ
If S.C / is an open surface bounded by the contour C.S/, whose line element
is dl, then
I Z
dl ˛ D dS r ˛ (F.125)
IC S
FT
Z
dl a D dS .r a/ (F.126)
C S
F .5 Bibliography
[69] G. B. A RFKEN AND H. J. W EBER, Mathematical Methods for Physicists, fourth,
international ed., Academic Press, Inc., San Diego, CA . . . , 1995, ISBN 0-12-059816-7.
A
[70] P. M. M ORSE AND H. F ESHBACH, Methods of Theoretical Physics, Part I. McGraw-
Hill Book Company, Inc., New York, NY . . . , 1953, ISBN 07-043316-8.
m
MATHEMATICAL METHODS
FT
The science of physics systematically studies and describes the physical world,
finds new laws or generalises existing ones that govern its behaviour under
different conditions, and—perhaps most important of all—makes new predic-
tions, based on these physical laws, and tests these predictions in accurately
designed, carefully performed systematic, repeatable experiments producing ob-
jective data.1 Merely describing nature and explaining physical experiments in
terms of already existing laws is not physics in the true sense of the term. Had
1The theoretical physicist S I R
R U D O L F P E I E R L S described
A
an ideal physical theory in the
this non-creative, static view of physics been adopted by physicists since the following way:
renaissance, we would all still be doing essentially classical mechanics. ‘It must firstly leave
undisturbed the successes
Even if such a scientific giant as M I C H A E L F A R A D A Y , who started out as a of earlier work and not
lowly printer’s apprentice, was able to make truly remarkable contributions to upset the explanations of
observations that had been
physics (and chemistry) without using any formal mathematical tools at all, it is
R
used in support of earlier
for us mere mortals most convenient to use the shorthand language of mathemat- ideas. Secondly it must
explain in a reasonable
ics, together with the formal methods of logic, in physics. After all, mathematics manner the new evidence
was once introduced by us human beings to make it easier to quantitatively and which brought the previous
systematically describe, understand and predict the physical world around us. ideas into doubt and
which suggested the
Examples of this from ancient times are arithmetics and geometry. A less archaic new hypothesis. And
D
creating new physical ideas and to better analyse observational data. Examples
of the latter include non-Euclidean geometry and group theory.
Unlike mathematics per se, where the criterion of logical consistency is both
necessary and sufficient, a physical theory that is supposed to describe the physi-
197
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 220
. of 252
cal reality has to fulfil the additional criterion that its predictions be empirically
testable. Ultimately, as G A L I L E O G A L I L E I taught us, physical reality is defined
by the outcome of experiments and observations, and not by mere Aristotelean
logical reasoning, however mathematically correct and logically consistent this
may be. Common sense is not enough and logic and reasoning can never ‘out-
smart’ nature. Should the outcome of repeated, carefully performed, independent
experiments produce results that contradict predictions based on a logically strin-
gent theory, the only conclusion one can draw is that the theory in question is
wrong.
On the other hand, extending existing physical theories by mathematical
and logical generalisations is a very powerful way of making hypotheses and
predictions of new physical phenomena. But it is not until these hypotheses and
FT
predictions have withstood empirical tests in physical experiments that they can
be said to extend our knowledge of physics.
This appendix describes briefly some of the more common mathematical
methods and tools that are used in Classical Electrodynamics.
tions of these quantities have proved useful and are therefore commonplace. The
difference between a scalar, vector and tensor and a pseudoscalar, pseudovector
and a pseudotensor is that the latter behave differently under such coordinate
transformations which cannot be reduced to pure rotations.
For computational convenience, it is often useful to allow for these quantities
to be complex-valued, i.e., let them be analytically continued into (a domain
of) the complex plane. However, since by definition our physical world is real,
care must then be exercised when comparing mathematical results with physical
observables, i.e., real-valued numbers obtained from physical measurements.
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 221
. of 252
M .1.1 Vectors
M .1.1.1 Radius vector
Mathematically, a vector can be represented in a number of different ways. One
suitable representation in a vector space of dimension N is in terms of an ordered
N -tuple of real or complex numbers2 .a1 ; a2 ; : : : ; aN / of the components along 2 It is often very convenient
to use complex notation in
the N coordinate axes that span the vector space under consideration. Note,
FT
physics. This notation can simplify
however, that there are many ordered N -tuples of numbers that do not comprise the mathematical treatment
a vector, i.e., do not exhibit vector transformation properties! The most basic considerably. But since all physical
observables are real, we must in
vector, and the prototype against which all other vectors are benchmarked, is the final step of our mathematical
the radius vector which is the vector from the origin to the point of interest. Its analysis of a physical problem
always ensure that the results to
N -tuple representation simply enumerates the coordinates of the position of this be compared with experimental
point. In this sense, the radius vector from the origin to a point is synonymous values are real-valued. In classical
physics this is achieved by taking
with the coordinates of the point itself. the real (or imaginary) part of the
In the 3D Euclidean space R3 , we have N D 3 and the radius vector can mathematical result, whereas in
quantum physics one takes the
be represented by the triplet .x1 ; x2 ; x3 / of coordinates xi , i D 1; 2; 3. The
A
absolute value.
coordinates xi are scalar quantities which describe the position along the unit
base vectors x O i which span R3 . Therefore a convenient representation of the
radius vector in R3 is3 3 We introduce the symbol
def
FT
special theory of relativity.
We note that for a change of coordinates x ! x 0 D x 0 .x 0 ; x 1 ; x 2 ; x 3 /,
due to a transformation from a system † to another system †0 , the differential
radius vector dx transforms as
@x 0
dx 0 D dx (M.5)
@x
which follows trivially from the rules of differentiation of x 0 considered as
functions of four variables x .
A
M .1.2 Fields
A field is a physical entity that depends on one or more continuous parameters.
Such a parameter can be viewed as a ‘continuous index’ which enumerates the
R
‘coordinates’ of the field. In particular, in a field which depends on the usual
radius vector x of R3 , each point in this space can be considered as one degree
of freedom so that a field is a representation of a physical entity which has an
infinite number of degrees of freedom.
D
This field describes how the scalar quantity ˛ varies continuously in 3D R3 space.
In 4D, a four-scalar field is denoted
def
˛.x 0 ; x 1 ; x 2 ; x 3 / ˛.x / (M.7)
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 223
. of 252
which indicates that the four-scalar ˛ depends on all four coordinates spanning
this space. Since a four-scalar has the same value at a given point regardless of
coordinate system, it is also called an invariant.
Analogous to the transformation rule, equation (M.5) on the facing page, for
the differential dx , the transformation rule for the differential operator @=@x
under a transformation x ! x 0 becomes
@ @x @
D (M.8)
@x 0 @x 0 @x
which, again, follows trivially from the rules of differentiation.
a.x/ D ai .x/Oxi
(M.10)
A
a .x / D .a0 .x /; a1 .x /; a2 .x /; a3 .x // (M.11)
a .x / D .a0 .x /; a1 .x /; a2 .x /; a3 .x // (M.12)
R
where x is the radius four-vector. Again, the relation between a and a is
determined by the metric of the physical 4D system under consideration.
Whether an arbitrary N -tuple fulfils the requirement of being an (N -dimen-
sional) contravariant vector or not, depends on its transformation properties
during a change of coordinates. For instance, in 4D an assemblage y D
D
@x 0
y 0 D y (M.13)
@x
i.e., in the same way as the differential coordinate element dx transforms
according to equation (M.5) on the preceding page.
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 224
. of 252
@x
y0 D y (M.14)
@x 0
i.e., in the same way as the differential operator @=@x transforms according to
equation (M.8) on the preceding page.
FT
def def B
.A.x// Aij .xk / @A21 .x/ A22 .x/ A23 .x/A (M.15)
C
A31 .x/ A32 .x/ A33 .x/
Strictly speaking, the tensor field described here is a tensor of rank two.
A particularly simple rank 2 tensor in R3 is the 3D Kronecker delta tensor ıij ,
with the following properties:
(
0 if i ¤ j
ıij D (M.16)
1 if i D j
A
The 3D Kronecker delta tensor has the following matrix representation
0 1
1 0 0
.ıij / D @0 1 0A (M.17)
B C
0 0 1
R
Another common and useful tensor is the fully antisymmetric tensor of rank
three, also known as the Levi-Civita tensor
8
<1 if i; j; k is an even permutation of 1,2,3
ˆ
ˆ
ij k D 0
D
and
In fact, tensors may have any rank n. In this picture a scalar is considered to
be a tensor of rank n D 0 and a vector a tensor of rank n D 1. Consequently, the
notation where a vector (tensor) is represented in its component form is called the
tensor notation. A tensor of rank n D 2 may be represented by a two-dimensional
array or matrix, and a tensor of rank n D 3 may be represented as a vector of
tensors of rank n D 2. Assuming that one of the indices of the Levi-Civita tensor
ij k , e.g., the first index i D 1; 2; 3, denotes the component of such a vector of
tensors, these components have the matrix representations (the second and third
indices, j; k D 1; 2; 3, are the matrix indices)
FT
0 1
0 0 0
B
.ij k /iD1 D @0 0 1A D iM 1 (M.22a)
C
0 1 0
0 1
0 0 1
B
.ij k /iD2 D @0 0 0 AD iM2 (M.22b)
C
1 0 0
0 1
0 1 0
B
.ij k /iD3 D @ 1 0
A
0A D iM3 (M.22c)
C
0 0 0
Oi
M D Mi x (M.23)
R
with the vector components being the matrices
0 1 0 1 0 1
0 0 0 0 0 i 0 i 0
M1 D @0 0 iA M2 D @ 0 0 0 A M3 D @ i 0 0A (M.24)
B C B C B C
0 i 0 i 0 0 0 0 0
D
Tensors of rank higher than 3 are best represented in their tensor notation
(component form). It is important to remember that a tensor of any rank is fully
and totally characterized by its transformation properties under the change of
coordinates. This is a very strict constraint.
nO
d2x
x2
x1 FT
V
A
atomistic structure is irrelevant for the present analysis; figure M.1 indicates how this volume
may look like. Let dS D d2x nO be the directed surface element of this volume element and
let the vector TnO d2x be the force that matter, lying on the side of d2x toward which the unit
normal vector nO points, acts on matter which lies on the opposite side of d2x. This force
concept is meaningful only if the forces are short-range enough that they can be assumed to
act only in the surface proper. According to Newton’s third law, this surface force fulfils
R
T O
n D TnO (M.25)
Using (M.25) and Newton’s second law, we find that the matter of mass m, which at a given
D
TnO d2x cos 1 TxO 1 d2x cos 2 TxO 2 d2x cos 3 TxO 3 d2x C Fext D ma (M.26)
where Fext is the external force and a is the acceleration of the volume element. In other
words
m Fext
TnO D n1 TxO 1 C n2 TxO 2 C n3 TxO 3 C 2 a (M.27)
dx m
Since both a and Fext =m remain finite whereas m=d2x ! 0 as V ! 0, one finds that in this
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 227
. of 252
limit
3
X
TnO D ni TxO i ni TxO i (M.28)
i D1
From the above derivation it is clear that equation (M.28) is valid not only in equilibrium but
also when the matter in V is in motion.
Introducing the notation
Tij D TxO i (M.29)
j
for the j th component of the vector TxO i , we can write equation (M.28) above in component
form as follows
3
X
O D .Tn
Tnj O /j D ni Tij ni Tij (M.30)
FT
i D1
Using equation (M.30), we find that the component of the vector TnO in the direction of an
O is
arbitrary unit vector m
O D Tn
TnO m O
O m
3 3 3
!
X X X (M.31)
D O mj D
Tnj ni Tij mj ni Tij mj D nO T m
O
j D1 j D1 iD1
Hence, the j th component of the vector TxO i , here denoted Tij , can be interpreted as the ij th
component of a tensor T. Note that TnO m
O is independent of the particular coordinate system
used in the derivation.
A
We shall now show how one can use the momentum law (force equation) to derive the
equation of motion for an arbitrary element of mass in the body. To this end we consider a
part V of the body. If the external force density (force per unit volume) is denoted by f and
the velocity for a mass element dm is denoted by v , we obtain
Z Z Z
d
v dm D f d3x C TnO d2x (M.32)
dt V
R
V S
The j th component of this equation can be written
Z Z Z Z Z
d 3 2 3
vj dm D fj d x C O d x D
Tnj fj d x C ni Tij d2x (M.33)
V dt V S V S
where, in the last step, equation (M.30) above was used. Setting dm D d3x and using the
divergence theorem on the last term, we can rewrite the result as
D
@Tij 3
Z Z Z
d
vj d3x D fj d3x C dx (M.34)
V dt V V @xi
Since this formula is valid for any arbitrary volume, we must require that
d @Tij
vj fj D0 (M.35)
dt @xi
or, equivalently
@vj @Tij
C v r vj fj D0 (M.36)
@t @xi
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 228
. of 252
Note that @vj =@t is the rate of change with time of the velocity component vj at a fixed point
x D .x1 ; x1 ; x3 /.
:::
a mixed four-tensor field , denoted A1kC12 :::kn .x /.
FT
The 4D metric tensor (fundamental tensor) mentioned above is a particularly
important four-tensor of rank two. In covariant component form we shall denote it
g . This metric tensor determines the relation between an arbitrary contravariant
four-vector a and its covariant counterpart a according to the following rule:
def
a .x / g a .x / (M.37)
This rule is often called lowering of index. The raising of index analogue of the
index lowering rule is:
A
def
a .x / g a .x / (M.38)
More generally, the following lowering and raising rules hold for arbitrary
rank n mixed tensor fields:
R
gk k A1kC1
2 :::k 1 k 1 2 :::k 1
kC2 :::n .x / D Ak kC1 :::n .x / (M.39)
g k k A1k2kC1
:::k 1 1 2 :::k 1 k
:::n .x / D AkC1 kC2 :::n .x / (M.40)
D
Successive lowering and raising of more than one index is achieved by a repeated
application of this rule. For example, a dual application of the lowering operation
on a rank 2 tensor in contravariant form yields
i.e., the same rank 2 tensor in covariant form. This operation is also known as a
tensor contraction.
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 229
. of 252
The 4D Lorentz space L4 has a simple metric which can be described either by the metric
tensor
8
<1
ˆ if D D 0
g D D 1 if D D i D j D 1; 2; 3 (M.42)
ˆ
0 if ¤
:
FT
8
< 1 if D D 0
ˆ
D 1 if D D i D j D 1; 2; 3 (M.44)
ˆ
0 if ¤
:
0 1 2 3 2
D2W a2 D 0 a C 0 a 1a C0a D a (M.50)
0 1 2 3 3
D3W a3 D 0 a C 0 a C 0 a 1a D a (M.51)
or
a D .a0 ; a1 ; a2 ; a3 / D .a0 ; a1 ; a2 ; a3 / D .a0 ; a/ (M.52)
Radius 4-vector itself in L4 and in this metric is given by
x D .x 0 ; x 1 ; x 2 ; x 3 / D .x 0 ; x; y; z/ D .x 0 ; x/
(M.53)
x D .x0 ; x1 ; x2 ; x3 / D .x 0 ; x 1 ; x 2 ; x 3 / D .x 0 ; x/
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 230
. of 252
where x 0 D ct.
Analogously, using the f ; C; C; Cg metric we obtain
a D .a0 ; a1 ; a2 ; a3 / D . a0 ; a1 ; a2 ; a3 / D . a0 ; a/ (M.54)
FT
and b in Euclidean R3 space is the scalar number
O i bj x
a b D ai x Oj D x
Oi x
O j ai bj D ıij ai bj D ai bi (M.55)
a b D ab cos (M.57)
def def
O 2 C3
A aR C iaI D aR aO R C iaI aO I AA (M.58)
Using this in equation (M.58), we see that we can interpret this so that the complex unit
vector is
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 231
. of 252
O D A D q aR aI
A aO R C i q aO I
A
aR2 2
aI C 2iaR aI aR2 aI2 C 2iaR aI
q q
aR aR2 aI2 2iaR aI aI aR2 aI2 2iaR aI
D s aO R C i s aO I 2 C3
4aR2 aI2 sin2 4aR2 aI2 sin2
.aR2 C aI2 / 1 .aR2 C aI2 / 1
.aR2 C aI2 /2 .aR2 C aI2 /2
(M.61)
On the other hand, the definition of the scalar product in terms of the inner product of a
complex vector with its own complex conjugate yields
def
jAj2 A A D aR2 C aI2 D jAj2 (M.62)
FT
O D A D q aR
A aO R C i q
aI
aO I
jAj
aR2 C aI2 aR2 C aI2
q q (M.63)
aR aR2 C aI2 aI aR2 C aI2
D aO R C i aO I 2 C3
aR2 C aI2 aR2 C aI2
where we made use of the index lowering and raising rules (M.37) and (M.38).
The result is a four-scalar, i.e., an invariant which is independent of in which 4D
coordinate system it is measured.
R
The quadratic differential form
i.e., the scalar product of the differential radius four-vector with itself, is an
invariant called the metric. It is also the square of the line element ds which is
D
In L4 the metric tensor attains a simple form [see Example M.2 on page 207] and, hence,
the scalar product in equation (M.64) can be evaluated almost trivially. For the fC; ; ; g
signature it becomes
The important scalar product of the L4 radius four-vector with itself becomes
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 232
. of 252
which is the indefinite, real norm of L4 . The L4 metric is the quadratic differential form
FT
Oi
c D a b D ij k aj bk x (M.69)
Here ij k is the Levi-Civita tensor defined in equation (M.18) on page 202. In
matrix representation
0 1 0 1
c1 a2 b3 a3 b2
.c/ D @c2 A D .a b/ D @a3 b1 a1 b3 A D ia Mb (M.70)
B C B C
c3 a1 b2 a2 b1
a b D ab sin eO (M.71)
where is the angle between a and b and eO is a unit vector perpendicular to the
R
plane spanned by a and b.
A spatial reversal of the coordinate system, .x10 ; x20 ; x30 / D . x1 ; x2 ; x3 /,
known as a parity transformation, changes sign of the components of the vectors
a and b so that in the new coordinate system a0 D a and b0 D b, which is
to say that the direction of an ordinary vector is not dependent on the choice of
D
directions of the coordinate axes. On the other hand, as is seen from equation
(M.69) above, the cross product vector c does not change sign. Therefore a (or b)
is an example of a ‘true’ vector, or polar vector, whereas c is an example of an
axial vector, or pseudovector.
A prototype for a pseudovector is the angular momentum vector L D x p
and hence the attribute ‘axial’. Pseudovectors transform as ordinary vectors
under translations and proper rotations, but reverse their sign relative to ordinary
vectors for any coordinate change involving reflection. Tensors (of any rank)
which transform analogously to pseudovectors are called pseudotensors. Scalars
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 233
. of 252
are tensors of rank zero, and zero-rank pseudotensors are therefore also called
pseudoscalars, an example being the pseudoscalar x O i .Oxj x
O k /. This triple
product is a representation of the ij k component of the Levi-Civita tensor ij k
which is a rank 3 pseudotensor.
FT
when applied to matrices (matrix representations of tensors), the Kronecker
product.
Written out in explicit form, the dyadic product A.x/ D a.x/b.x/ becomes
O 1 b1 x
A D ab a ˝ b D a1 x O 1 C a1 x
O 1 b2 x
O 2 C C a3 x
O 3 b3 x
O3 (M.72a)
O i bj x
D ai x O j D ai bj x
O ix
Oj D x
O i ai bj x
Oj (M.72b)
0 10 1
a1 b1 a1 b2 a1 b3 O1
x
D x O1 x O2 x O 3 @a2 b1 a2 b2 a2 b3 A @x O 2A (M.72c)
B CB C
a3 b1 a3 b2 a3 b3 O3
x
A
In matrix representation
0 1 0 1
a1 a1 b1 a1 b2 a1 b3
.A/ D .ab/ D @a2 A b1 b2 b3 D @a2 b1 a2 b2 a2 b3 A (M.73)
B C B C
a3 a3 b1 a3 b2 a3 b3
R
which we identify with expression (M.15) on page 202, viz. a tensor in matrix
representation. Hence, a dyadic of two vectors is intimately related to a rank 2
tensor, emphasising the vectorial characteristics.
Scalar multiplication from the right and from the left of the dyad A.x/ D
a.x/b.x/ by a vector is another vector c according to the scheme
D
def def
Oj
A c ab c a.b c/ D aj bi ci x (M.74a)
def def
Oj
c A c ab .c a/b D ai bj ci x (M.74b)
O j D abj D ai bj x
Ax Oi (M.75a)
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 234
. of 252
O i A D ai b D ai bj x
x Oj (M.75b)
Oi Ax
x O j D ai bj D Aij (M.75c)
Cross multiplication from the right and from the left of the dyad A by a vector
is another dyad according to the scheme
def
O ix
A c D ab c a.b c/ D j kl ai bk cl x Oj (M.76a)
def
O ix
c A D c ab .c a/b D j kl ak bl ci x Oj (M.76b)
respectively. The two new dyads thus created are, in general, not identical to each
FT
other.
O ix
Specifially, if A D 1 D x O i , i.e., the unit dyad or the second-rankunit tensor,
then
1aD O 1x
a3 x O 2 C a2 x
O 1x
O3
O 2x
C a3 x O1 O 2x
a1 x O3 (M.77)
O 1x
a2 x O 3 C a1 x
O 3x
O2 D a1
Using the matrix vector formula (M.23) on page 203, we can write this as
R
.1 a/ D .a 1/ D iM a (M.79)
One can extend the dyadic scheme and introduce abc, called a tryad , and so
on. In this vein, a vector a is sometimes called a monad .
D
where xO i is the ith unit vector in a Cartesian coordinate system. Since the
operator in itself has vectorial properties, we denote it with a boldface nabla. In
‘component’ notation we can write
@ @ @
@i D ; ; (M.81)
@x1 @x2 @x3
In 4D, the contravariant component representation of the four-del operator is
defined by
@ @ @ @
@ D ; ; ; (M.82)
@x0 @x1 @x2 @x3
whereas the covariant four-del operator is
@ @ @ @
FT
@ D ; ; ; (M.83)
@x 0 @x 1 @x 2 @x 3
We can use this four-del operator to express the transformation properties
(M.13) and (M.14) on page 202 as
y 0 D @ x 0 y
(M.84)
and
y0 D @0 x y
(M.85)
A
respectively.
and, therefore, r D —r. O From this we see that the boldface notation for the
gradient (r ) is very handy as it elucidates its 3D vectorial property and separates
it from the nabla operator (r) which has a scalar property.
In 4D, the four-gradient of a four-scalar is a covariant vector, formed as a
derivative of a four-scalar field ˛.x /, with the following component form:
@˛.x /
@ ˛.x / D (M.88)
@x
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 236
. of 252
FT
@ai .x/
r a.x/ D @i ai .x/ D D ˛.x/ (M.90)
@xi
which, as indicated by the notation ˛.x/, is a scalar field in R3 .
The four-divergence of a four-vector a is the four-scalar
@a .x /
@ a .x / D @ a .x / D (M.91)
@x
The symbol r 2 is sometimes read del squared . If, for a scalar field ˛.x/, r 2 ˛ < 0
at some point in 3D space, it is a sign of concentration of ˛ at that point.
Numerous vector algebra and vector analysis formulæ are given in Chapter F.
Those which are not found there can often be easily derived by using the compo-
nent forms of the vectors and tensors, together with the Kronecker and Levi-Civita
tensors and their generalisations to higher ranks.
FT
and the covariant form as
1 @ 1 @
@ D ;@ D ;r (M.96)
c @t c @t
1 @2
@ @ D r 2 D 2 (M.97)
c 2 @t 2
which is the d’Alembert operator, sometimes denoted , and sometimes defined with an
opposite sign convention.
Very often electrodynamic quantities are dependent on the relative distance in R3 between
two vectors x and x0 , i.e., on jx x0 j. In analogy with equation (M.80) on page 212, we can
R
define the primed del operator in the following way:
@
r0 D x
Oi D @0 (M.98)
@xi0
Using this, the unprimed version, equation (M.80) on page 212, and elementary rules of
differentiation, we obtain the following two very useful results:
D
@jx x0 j x x0 @jx x0 j
x0 j D x
r jx Oi D D Oi
x
@xi jx x0 j @xi0 (M.99)
D r 0 jx x0 j
and
x x0
1 1
r D D r0 (M.100)
jx x0 j jx x0 j3 jx x0 j
EXAMPLE M .8 BDivergence in 3D
For an arbitrary R3 vector field a.x0 /, the following relation holds:
a.x0 / r 0 a.x0 /
1
r0 D C a.x 0
/ r 0
(M.101)
jx x0 j jx x0 j jx x0 j
which demonstrates how the primed divergence, defined in terms of the primed del operator
in equation (M.98) on the previous page, works.
FT
1 2 1
r r Dr D 4ı.x x0 / (M.102)
jx x0 j jx x0 j
where ı.x x0 / is the 3D Dirac delta ‘function’. This formula follows directly from the fact
that
x x0 x x0
Z I
1
Z
d3x r r D d3
x r D d2
x O
n
V jx x0 j V jx x0 j3 S jx x0 j3
(M.103)
equals 4 if the integration volume V .S/, enclosed by the surface S.V /, includes x D x0 ,
and equals 0 otherwise.
A
End of example M.9C
!
@2 @2
D ˛.x/Ox1
@x2 @x3 @x3 @x2
!
@2 @2 (M.105)
C ˛.x/Ox2
@x3 @x1 @x1 @x3
!
@2 @2
C ˛.x/Ox3
@x1 @x2 @x2 @x1
0
We thus find that
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 239
. of 252
r Œr ˛.x/ 0 (M.106)
FT
BThe divergence of a curl EXAMPLE M .11
With the use of the definitions of the divergence (M.90) and the curl, equation (M.92) on
page 214, we find that
Using the definition for the Levi-Civita symbol, defined by equation (M.18) on page 202, we
find that, due to the assumed well-behavedness of a.x/,
@ @
@i ij k @j ak .x/ D a
A
@xi ij k @xj k
!
@2 @2
D a1 .x/
@x2 @x3 @x3 @x2
!
@2 @2 (M.109)
C a2 .x/
@x3 @x1 @x1 @x3
R
!
@2 @2
C a3 .x/
@x1 @x2 @x2 @x1
0
i.e., that
D
r Œr a.x/ 0 (M.110)
FT
End of example M.12C
M .2 Analytical mechanics
ıS D 0 (M.115)
D
FT
D C (M.120b)
@qi @qi dt @q
Or, in other words,
d @L0 @L0 d @L @L
D (M.121)
dt @qP i @qi dt @qP i @qi
where
@L0 @L @˛ @˛
pi0 D D C D pi C (M.122a)
@qP i @qP i @qi @qi
A
and
@L0 @L
qi0 D D D qi (M.122b)
@pPi @pP
R
M .2.2 Hamilton’s equations
From L, the Hamiltonian (Hamilton function) H can be defined via the Legendre
transformation
After differentiating the left and right hand sides of this definition and setting
them equal we obtain
@H @H @H @L @L @L
dpi C dqi C dt D qP i dpi C pi dqP i dqi dqP i dt
@pi @qi @t @qi @qP i @t
(M.124)
According to the definition of pi , equation (M.117) on the facing page, the second
and fourth terms on the right hand side cancel. Furthermore, noting that according
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 242
. of 252
to equation (M.118) on the previous page the third term on the right hand side of
equation (M.124) on the preceding page is equal to pPi dqi and identifying terms,
we obtain the Hamilton equations:
@H dqi
D qP i D (M.125a)
@pi dt
@H dpi
D pPi D (M.125b)
@qi dt
M .3 Bibliography
FT
[72] M. A BRAMOWITZ AND I. A. S TEGUN, Handbook of Mathematical Functions, Dover
Publications, Inc., New York, 1972, Tenth Printing, with corrections.
[74] R. A. D EAN, Elements of Abstract Algebra, John Wiley & Sons, Inc.,
New York, NY . . . , 1967, ISBN 0-471-20452-8.
INDEX
FT
advanced time, 38 axions, 16
Albert Einstein, 1, 3
Bengt Lundborg, xx
Alfred North Whitehead, 130
Bessel functions, 99
Alfred-Marie Liénard, 102
Biot-Savart’s law, 8
Ampère’s law, 6
birefringent, 168
Ampère-turn density, 166 birefringent crystal, 165
Anders Eriksson, xx braking radiation, 115
André-Marie Ampère, 6 bremsstrahlung, 115, 123
angular frequency, 26
A
angular momentum current density, 69 canonically conjugate four-momentum, 150
angular momentum flux tensor, 68 canonically conjugate momentum, 150, 218
angular momentum theorem, 69 canonically conjugate momentum density,
anisotropic, 168 157
anisotropic medium, 165 Carroll-Field-Jackiw electrodynamics, 16
R
Cesare Barbieri, xvii
anomalous dispersion, 169
CGS units, 3, 15
antecedent, 211
characteristic impedance of vacuum, 79, 178
antenna, 93
charge conjugation, 59
antenna current, 93
Charles-Augustin de Coulomb, 3
D
222 INDEX
FT
conservation laws, 61
conservative field, 12 diffusion coefficient, 184
conservative forces, 155 dipole antennas, 93
conserved quantities, 61 Dirac delta, 216
constants of motion, 61 Dirac’s symmetrised Maxwell equations, 16
constitutive relations, 15, 174 direct product, 211
continuity equation, 62 dispersive, 169
contravariant component form, 130, 199 dispersive property, 165
contravariant field tensor, 143 displacement current, 11
contravariant four-tensor field, 206 divergence, 214
A
contravariant four-vector, 201 dot product, 208
contravariant four-vector field, 133 dual electromagnetic tensor, 144
contravariant vector, 130 dual vector, 130
control sphere, 61 duality transformation, 71, 145
convective derivative, 13 dummy index, 130
R
cosine integral, 96 dyad, 211
Coulomb gauge, 40 dyadic product, 211
Coulomb’s law, 3 dyons, 72
covariant, 128
covariant component form, 200 E1 radiation, 88
D
INDEX 223
FT
electric susceptibility, 165 Euclidean vector space, 131
electricity, 2 Euler-Lagrange equation, 156
electrodynamic potentials, 33 Euler-Lagrange equations, 157, 218
electromagnetic angular momentum density, Euler-Mascheroni constant, 96
68, 89 event, 134
electromagnetic energy current density, 64
electromagnetic energy flux, 64 Fabrizio Tamburini, xvii
electromagnetic field energy, 64 far field, 49, 52
electromagnetic field energy density, 23, 64 far fields, 45, 55
electromagnetic field tensor, 143 far zone, 45, 53, 86
A
electromagnetic linear momentum density, Faraday tensor, 143
66, 89 Faraday’s law, 12
electromagnetic moment of momentum den- field, 200
sity, 68 field Lagrange density, 158
electromagnetic orbital angular momentum, field momentum, 25
R
70 field point, 4
electromagnetic scalar potential, 33 field quantum, 117
electromagnetic spin angular momentum, 70 fine structure constant, 117, 125
electromagnetic vector potential, 33 four-current, 138
electromagnetic virial density, 71 four-del operator, 213
D
224 INDEX
FT
Hodge star operator, 71
gauge fixing, 41 homogeneous vector wave equations, 177
gauge function, 34 Hooke’s law, 154
gauge invariant, 35 Huygen’s principle, 37
gauge theory, 35
gauge transformation, 35 identity element, 134
Gauss’s law of electrostatics, 5 Igor’ Evgen’evich Tamm, 172
general inhomogeneous wave equations, 35 Ilya Mikhailovich Frank, 172
general theory of relativity, 127 in a medium, 171
generalised coordinate, 150, 218 incoherent radiation, 123
A
generalised four-coordinate, 150 indefinite norm, 131
Gerardus t’Hooft, xx index contraction, 130
Gibbs’ notation, 212 index lowering, 130
gradient, 213 index of refraction, 164
Green function, 37, 85 inertial reference frame, 127
R
group theory, 134 inertial system, 127
group velocity, 169 inhomogeneous Helmholtz equation, 37
Göran Fäldt, xx inhomogeneous time-independent wave equa-
tion, 37
Hall effect, 167 inhomogeneous wave equation, 36
D
INDEX 225
FT
Kelvin function, 124 Ludvig Valentin Lorenz, 36
kinetic energy, 154, 218
M1 radiation, 92
kinetic momentum, 153
Mach cone, 172
Kristoffer Palmer, vi, xviii
magnetic charge density, 15
Kronecker delta tensor, 202
magnetic current density, 15
Kronecker product, 211
magnetic dipole moment, 92, 166
Lagrange density, 155 magnetic dipole moment per unit volume,
Lagrange function, 154, 218 166
Lagrangian, 154, 218 magnetic dipole radiation, 92
A
Laplace operator, 214 magnetic displacement current, 75
Laplacian, 214 magnetic field, 7, 164
Larmor formula for radiated power, 112 magnetic field energy, 65
law of inertia, 127 magnetic field intensity, 166
Legendre polynomial, 85 magnetic flux, 12
R
Legendre transformation, 219 magnetic flux density, 8
Lev Mikahilovich Erukhimov, xx magnetic four-current, 145
Levi-Civita tensor, 202 magnetic induction, 8
light cone, 133 magnetic monopoles, 15
light-like interval, 133 magnetic permeability, 182
D
226 INDEX
FT
Maxwell-Lorentz equations, 15
Maxwell-Lorentz source equations, 20 Oliver Heaviside, 109, 168, 172
mechanical angular momentum, 68 one-dimensional wave equation, 179
mechanical angular momentum density, 68 orbital angular momentum operator, 70
mechanical energy, 64 outer product, 211
mechanical energy density, 64
mechanical Lagrange density, 158 paraxial approximation, 54
mechanical linear momentum, 68 parity transformation, 59, 210
mechanical linear momentum density, 66 Parseval’s identity, 80, 116, 124
mechanical moment of momentum, 68 Paul Adrien Maurice Dirac, 1, 39, 197
A
L
Pavel Alekseevich Cerenkov, 172
mechanical orbital angular momentum, 68
mechanical spin angular momentum, 68 Per Olof Fröman, xix
mechanical torque, 68 phase velocity, 168
metamaterials, 168 photon, 117, 184
metric, 200, 209 photons, 163
R
metric tensor, 130, 200, 206 physical observable, 20, 129
Michael Faraday, 197 Pierre Duhem, 2
Minkowski equation, 150 Planck units, 15
Minkowski space, 135 plane wave, 180
mixed four-tensor field, 206 plasma, 169
D
INDEX 227
FT
proper time, 133 Roger Karlsson, xx
pseudo-Riemannian space, 135 rotational degree of freedom, 81
pseudoscalar, 198 Rudolf Kohlrausch, 3
pseudoscalars, 211
pseudotensor, 198 scalar, 198, 214
pseudotensors, 210 scalar field, 133, 200
pseudovector, 60, 142, 198, 210 scalar product, 208
Schrödinger equation, 43
QCD, 2 self-force effects, 175
QED, 1, 163 Sergey Ivanovich Vavilov, 172
A
quadratic differential form, 132, 209 Sheldon Glashow, 2
quantum chromodynamics, 2 shock front, 172
quantum electrodynamics, 1, 40, 163 SI units, 3, 15
quantum mechanical non-linearity, 4 Siavoush Mohammadi, xx
signature, 131, 207
R
radial gauge, 41 simultaneous coordinate, 109
radiated electromagnetic power, 65 Sin-Itiro Tomonaga, 1
radiation field, 106 Sir Isaac Newton, 197
radiation resistance, 96 Sir Rudolf Peierls, 197
radius four-vector, 129 skew-symmetric, 143
D
228 INDEX
FT
Steven Weinberg, 2
36
super-potential, 84
unit dyad, 212
superposition principle, 27
unit tensor, 212
synchrotron radiation, 119, 123
universal constant, 139
synchrotron radiation lobe width, 120
Unmagnetised plasma, 175
telegrapher’s equation, 179, 182
vacuum permeability, 6
temporal dispersive media, 12
vacuum permittivity, 3
temporal Fourier components, 26
vacuum polarisation effects, 4
temporal Fourier series, 26
A
vacuum wave number, 178
temporal gauge, 41
variational principle, 218
temporal spectral components, 26 L
Vavilov-Cerenkov cone, 172
tensor, 198 L
Vavilov-Cerenkov radiation, 170, 172
tensor contraction, 206
vector, 198
tensor field, 202
vector product, 210
R
tensor notation, 203
vector wave equations, 24
tensor product, 211
vector waves, 25
thermodynamic entropy, 61
velocity field, 106
three-dimensional functional derivative, 157
velocity gauge condition, 41
time component, 131
virtual simultaneous coordinate, 106
D
time reversal, 60
Vitaliy Lazarevich Ginzburg, xx
time-dependent diffusion equation, 184
time-dependent Poisson’s equation, 40 wave equation, 63
time-harmonic wave, 26 wave equations, 23
time-independent diffusion equation, 178 wave vector, 25, 28, 168, 180
time-independent telegrapher’s equation, 180 Weber’s constant, 3
time-independent wave equation, 94, 178 Wilhelm Eduard Weber, 3
time-like interval, 133 William Rowen Hamilton, 212
Tobia Carozzi, xx world line, 134
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 251
. of 252
INDEX 229
Yang-Mills theory, 35
Young’s modulus, 155
Yukawa meson field, 161
FT
A
R
D
Draft version released 15th December 2009 at 22:26 CET—Downloaded from http://www.plasma.uu.se/CED/Book
Sheet: 252
. of 252
FT
A
R
ISBN 978-0-486-4773-2